Kasravi M^ Ce Mix^him K^mel

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻳﻜﻢ‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪۱۳۱۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۳۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۵۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۸۷‬‬

‫ﻙ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﭘﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯ ﻭ ﻓﺪﺍﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺦ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺳـﺒﺐ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨـﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺶ ﭘـﺎ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﺓ ﻛـﻢ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘـﻲ ﺟﻠـﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺶ ﭘﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻏﺒﺎ ِﺭ ﺑﻴﭙﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻨﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﭘﻴﻜ ِﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻧﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺎﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪﺷﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲِ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳ ِﺮ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔـﺬﺍﺭ‪‬ﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺮﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻄﹼﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺔ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ِﻩ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱِ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺷـﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﹼﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻫﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﺔ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻻﺕ ﻭ ‪‬ﻫﺒ‪‬ﻞ ﻭ ‪‬ﻋﺰﹼﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑ‪‬ﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﺔ ﭘﺮﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎ ِﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑ‪‬ﺪﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺖ ﻫـﺎ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﺳـﺖ ﭘﺎﺑﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ِﻩ ﺑﻬﺒﻮ ِﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲِ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﻣﻴـﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻤﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﺮﺩﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺑﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﺂﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻨ ِﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ـ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻧﺘـﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓـﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ ﺗـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﺑﺮﺟﺎﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺳـﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﺸﻨﺎﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬـﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﮕﺸﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻔﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ‪ ۱۳‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ‪ ۱۲‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺷ ِ‬ ‫ﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ِﻉ ﺑﺎﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺘـﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻨﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﭘﮋﻭ ِﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺶ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﻮﺧـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎﻧﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭼـﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺑﮕﺰﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﺓ » ﺷﺎﺭﺣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ« ﺍﺳﺖ ـ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﺖ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻭﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ‪ % ۴۰‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻞ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻧﺨـﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺑـﺸﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑـﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺵ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺸﺂﻣﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻤﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﺴﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺒـﺎﺭ ﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺳﻮ ِﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻓﺎ ِﻉ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺶ‬ ‫ﺦ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻣﺤـﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﻴـﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﻮﺷـ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﺔ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻝ ﻧﻨﮓ ﺁﻭ ِﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟـﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻭﻧـﺪﺗﺮ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊِ ﭘﺎﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻓ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨ ِﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊِ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺍﺯ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺁﺭﻣﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﭼﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﮕـﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺑ‪‬ـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺿﺎﺷﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺟـﺰ ﻧـﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﻟـﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻴﮕﺰﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻳـﻪ ﺗـﺮ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ! ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺞ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﭘﻠﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﺔ ﺭﺍﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻮﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺩﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳـﺨﻨﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﺗﺄﻳﻴـﺪ ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻩ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴـﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﮊﺓ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺭﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺴﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺑﭙﻴﻮﺳـ ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺵ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﺣﺲ ﺩﻟﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻋﻜـﺴﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ـ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﻨﺎﻣـﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ـ ﺍﺭﺝ ﭘﻨﻬـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷـﻜﺎﺭ ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻜﻮ ِﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺰﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭘﻠﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﻮﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻻﺑﻼ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﻣﺎﻳﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺮﺓ ﺯﺷ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻳـﺴﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﻴـﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﻣﺎﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺷﻮ ِﺭ ﺧﻔﺘﺔ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻔﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻤﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻧﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤـﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻴﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺿﺎﺷﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﹶﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﻮﺍﻧﻌﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﺭﺍ ِﻩ ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳـﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑـﺴﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺒﺎﭼﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻜﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺭﻣـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎ ِﺭ ﺳﺘﺮﮒ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﺠﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﺍ ِﻩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ـ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻨـﺪ ﺑﻈـﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻤـﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺑـﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊِ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﭘﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑـﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺭﻣﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻴ ِ‬ ‫» ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺣﻤﺪ« ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳـﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ ﺧـﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﺓ ﻣﻼﻳـﻲ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﺑﺠﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺣﻤـﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ " :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﻧـﺎﻥ ﻣﻼﻳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻼﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻼﻳﻲ ﺷﺮﻙ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ".‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺑﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻳﺎﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻨﺪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﺶ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺣﻤـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ ، ۱۳۱۶‬ﺹ‪۴‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻚ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨ ِﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﮔﺮﻡ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﻮﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻜﻮﻝ )ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ( ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﻪ ﻳـﺎﺩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻔﺖ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﺩ ــ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺠ ‪‬ﻤﻪ ﺍﻟ ّ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺭﻳﻪ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺒﻮﺩ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠـﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۲۹۶‬ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻣﻮﺯﮔﺎﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻋﺮﺑـﻲ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ )ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ( ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺑـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻲ ﻏﻠﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﻮﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻜﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧـﺴﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺎ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﭙﺮﺍﻧﺘﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮔﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ﺯﺑـﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻤﺎﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳـﺮﺁﻏﺎﺯﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺪﺷـﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻴﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﭘـﮋﻭﻫﺶ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻛـﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑـﺴﻨﺠﺶ ﮔـﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﻲ ‪‬ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳﺘﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﺮ‪‬ﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻓﺘ ِﺮ ﻛﻮﭼـ ِ‬ ‫ﺶ ﻳـﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﮔـﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﺴﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻧﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳـﺴﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻛـﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳـﺘﻦ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺴﺎﻣﺎﻥ )ﺑﺎﻗﺎﻋـﺪﻩ( ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳـﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺷﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ » ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ« ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺂﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻏﻠـﻂ ﭘـﻲ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪِ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺬﻫﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻛﺮﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﮔﻤﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﻮﺍﻥِ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻳـﻚ ﺟـﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﻤـﺴﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ١ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﮕﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﻤﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ ﺗـﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻃﺒﺮﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺑـﻦ ﺍﺳـﻔﻨﺪﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﻓـﺴﻮﺭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻲ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮ ِﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ۱۴۰‬ﻏﻠـﻂ ﻭ ﺳـﻬﻮ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﻣﺤﻤ‪‬ـﺪ ﻗﺰﻭﻳﻨـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓـﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳـﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌـﺪ ﻫـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻮﻟﺪ ‪ ٣‬ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻟﺴﺘﺮﻧﺞ ‪ ٤‬ﻫﻢ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ )ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺨﻮﺯﺳﺘﺎﻥ( ﺍﺷـﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓـﻲ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻗـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﮔـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﹾﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺧﻨﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﺎ ِﻡ » ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ« )‪ (۱۳۱۲‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺟﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺭﻭﻍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪﺓ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕﻴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯﻫـﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻤـﺎﻳﮕﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﻗـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻬﻮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲِ ﻛﻮﭼـﻪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮﻋﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻛﺮﺩﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﮕﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻲ ﺑـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳ ِﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ـ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ـ ﺣ ﹼﺘﺎ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ» ﺍﺩﺑﻴ‪‬ﺎﺕ« ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮓ؟ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ » ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻏﺮﺏ« ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺔ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ‪Edward Browne‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ‪Bartold‬‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ـ ‪Le Strange‬‬ ‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﻧ ِﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ‪ ۱۳۵۲ ،‬ﺹ‪ ۲۳۷‬ﺗﺎ ‪۲۵۰‬‬ ‫‪ ٦‬ـ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ ۴۱۱‬ﺗﺎ ‪٤١٤‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺻ ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧ ِﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻧﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑـﺲ ﺷـﻮﻡ ﭘـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ )ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ( ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ »ﻛﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ« ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺟـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴـﺐِ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺰﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺒﺎﻛﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺷﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮒ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫ﺵ )ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ( ﺑﺰﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۳۰۱‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻮﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻻﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺠﻬـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺷـﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺩﻟﺸﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﹸﻛﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺵ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ۱۳۰۱‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣـﻮﻥ ﺷـﻮﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺵ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻮﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺠﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ۱۲۸۵‬ﺗﺎ ﺧﻴﺰ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻓـﻊ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺸﺪﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﻣـ ﹰﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼـﺎﭖ ﺑﻤﺎﻫﻨﺎﻣـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺘﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﺎ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻬﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﮊﺭﻓﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻤﺎﻩ ‪ ۱۳۱۳‬ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ » ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺠـﺪﻩ ﺳـﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻥ )ﻳـﺎ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ(« ﺗﻜﻪ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻨﺎﻣﺔ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻫـﻢ ﻛـﺎﻣﻠﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻠﺪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﺪ ﻳﻜﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﺔ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮔﺬﺷﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ » ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ« ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﭽﺸﻢ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﻨﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ـ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻜﻨﺎﺭ ـ ﺁﻳﻨﺔ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﺵ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﺮﺍﻣﻮﺷـﻲ ﺳـﭙﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺟـﺰ ﭼﺎﭘﻠﻮﺳـﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﻴﻜﻬـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻣﻬﺪﻳﺨﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﻮﻳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎ ِﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭘﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠــﺎ ﻛــﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺒﺎﭼــﺔ ﭼــﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺗــﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣــﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ )‪ (۱۳۱۹‬ﻣ ـﻲ ﻧﻮﻳــﺴﺪ ‪ ":‬ﻛــﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭼــﻮﻥ ﺧــﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧـﻮﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷـﻨﺪ" ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪﮔﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺗﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎ ِﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ )‪ (۱۳۱۳‬ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﺓ » ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ« ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﺓ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻴـﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻦ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﺗـﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻥِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ( ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺑـﺸﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮓ ﺳﺎﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﺴﺘﻜﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻫﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴ ِﺰ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻤﺴﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫـﺪﻑ ﺍﺻـﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﺓ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻣـﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨ ِﺪ ﺟﻨﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺵ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕـﺎﻩ ﮔﺴـﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﻓـﺖ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻨـﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺮﺟﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ ﻛﻨﺠﻜﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻮ ِﺭ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮋﺭﻓﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺰﻭﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫـﻢ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔـﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬـﺎﻱ ﺷﻮﺷـﺘﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺯﻓـﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺯﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﹸﻟﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣـﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﺪﻳـﺸﺎﭘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﭘـﮋﻭﻫﺶ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺸﻌ‪‬ـﺸﹶﻊ ﻭ ﺩﻋـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺯﺳﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﮔﻬـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺳـﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﺤﻤ‪‬ـﺪ ‪‬ﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫» ‪‬ﻣﻬﺪﻳﮕﺮﻱ« ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺭ‪‬ﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ـ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ـ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻨﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻬﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻌـﺸﻌﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺧﻮﺯﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎﻱِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺷﮕﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﺵ ﻣﻮﻻﻋﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﻳﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﮕﺬﺭ ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺷ ِ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻛﻬ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻜﻴﺸﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻫﻮﺳﺒﺎﺯﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑ ‪‬ﺮﻭﻳـﺔ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧـﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺸﻘﻲ ﺑﺪﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴ ِﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﺗﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻫﮕﺬﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻓـﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺑﻬـﺮﺓ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﻛﻴﻨـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺑﻮﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﻣﺸﻌﺸﻌﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﹼﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ » ﭘﺎﺯِﻝ« ﻣ‪‬ﻬﺪﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮ ﺑﺸﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻴﺨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺎﺑﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﻣﻬﺪﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺫﺭﻱ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻥ ﹸﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﻳ ِﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﻓـﺶ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺘﺮﻛـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ ِ‬

‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺑـﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﹸﺗﺮﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ... .‬ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ‪ ١ .‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ۱۲۹۹‬ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺘﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﺔ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ۱۳۰۴‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻴﺴﺖ! ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺁﺫﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠـﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻏﻮﻏﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﭙﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺴﻮ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﮔﻨﺠﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺫﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺭﺳـﻲ ﺑـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷـﺎﻳﺪ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠـﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺧﻲ ﺑﺎﻣﺰﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑـﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﻏﻮﻏﺎﻳﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺴﺮﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﺳـﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬ـ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪۲۴۵‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺸﻴﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻮﺭﺍﻧﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺪﻡ ﺑﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﺷـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮﻉ ﺁﺫﺭﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺒﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳـ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗـﻼﺵ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺳﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺭﻭﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧـﺸﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﭘﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺴﻦ ﺭﺍﺱ ‪ ١‬ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺸﺪﺓ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻳﻮﻧﻲ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺟﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﮕﺰﻳﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻛﺎﺩﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻧـﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻣـﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ]ﻱ[ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻛـﺎﺩﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜـﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﻤـﻦ ﻫﻤـﺎﻳﻮﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺶ ]ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ[ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﭼـﺸﻢ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪... .‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺍﻭ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻮ ‪‬ﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻗﺰﻭﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩ ِﺭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺩﻓﺘـ ِﺮ ﻛـﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‪‬ﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺻﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﭼـﺎﭖ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻴﺶ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺫﺭﻱ( ﺗـﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﮊﺭﻓـﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎ ِﻩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻓـﺰﺍ ِﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺭﻭﻍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﻮﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﹼﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻴﺒـﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺳﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺯﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﻴ‪‬ﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﻏـﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺯ ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺳـﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ‬

‫‪١‬ـ ﮔﻮﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ‪ Sir E. Denison Ross‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ‪The Royal Asiatic Society‬‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ﺹ ‪۳۶۵‬‬ ‫‪٩‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺷﻌﺮ ﻣﻴﺴﺮﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺶ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺻﻔﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓـﺎﺭﺱ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﻴﺘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﹼﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﻌﺔ ﺳﻨﹼﻲ ﻛﺶ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳـﺮ‬ ‫ﻢ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﻏـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺯﺧـ ِ‬ ‫ﺫﺭ‪‬ﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﭘ ِ‬ ‫ﭘﻲ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﺨـﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑـﺪﮔﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺒـﺎﺭ ﺻـﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘـﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﻔﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﻮﺕ ﺍﻟ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕ ِﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺳـﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺻـﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻴـﺰﺵ ﻛﻠﻨـﻞ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻴﺨﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻫﺒﺎﺭﺵ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﭼﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﻟـﺮﺯﺓ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﻭﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺁﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻛﻴـﻞ ﺁﺑـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺯﻓﻮﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﺷﺘﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻨﺎﻧﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﺂﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺠﺰ ﻧﻴﻤﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻟﺸﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﻠﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻨﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‪ ۱۳۰۶‬ﻧﺰﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻫﺮﺗﺴﻔﻠﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺨﺎﻣﻨﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻭﺳـﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺧـﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟـﺔ ﭘﮋﻭﻫـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ‪ ۳۷‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺯﺑﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻲ ﻧﻮ )ﺁﺷﺨﺎﺭﺍﭘﺎﺭ ( ﻭ ﺍﺭﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﻦ ) ﹾﮔﺮﺍﭘﺎﺭ ( ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺶ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵِ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺟﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻧﺎﻣـﺔ ﺍﺭﺩﺷـﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺑﻜـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻬﻠـﻮﻱ ﺑﺰﺑـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧـﻂ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻞ ﻋﺪﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻘـﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻠﭙﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﻳـﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻛ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻳﺴﺮﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺪﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻣﺎﻧﺸﺎﻫﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺪ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﺸﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﺎ ِﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓ ﺧﺎ ِﻡ ﺩﻓﺘ ِﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺠﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ‬

‫‪١‬ـ ‪Ernest Hertzfeld‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻫﻤﺘﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﻛﺎﺩﻣﻲ ﻟﻨﻴﻨﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ » ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﻧﻮ« ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻢ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺩﻫﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﻟﻴـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨـﺪﻳﻦ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴـﺸﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻟـﺖ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﺵ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﮔـﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺷـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺮﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﺓ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺘـﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۳۱۱‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ۳۰‬ﮔﻔﺘﺎ ِﺭ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺑـﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﺸﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺳـﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﭘﺮﻓﺮﻭﻏـﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ۱۳۰۸‬ﺗـﺎ ‪ ۱۳۱۱‬ﺗﻤﺮﻛـﺰ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺑﺪﺭﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺠﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﺘـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﭘﺎﻧﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻮﺯﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺫﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻴﺦ ﺻـﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺒـﺎﺭﺵ ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻬﺮﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﻨﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ )ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﺑﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻧـﺪ( ﺗـﺎ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۳۱۱‬ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﭘﮋﻭﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﮔﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪ ۱۳۰۸‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺒﺎﭼـﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺎﺭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻳ ِﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺷﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫" ﻫﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ )ﺩﻣﻮﻛﺮﺍﺳـﻲ( ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳﺠـﺎﺯ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓـﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻬﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ » ﻓﺮﺩﻱ« ﺑﺠﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ » ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ« ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺗـﺮﺍﺯﻭﻱ ﺳـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻤـﺎﻋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺒﻨـﺪ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺵ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺸﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻊ ﻧﺎﻫﻨﺠـﺎ ِﺭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻛـﻮﺩﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﮔﻮﺍﻩِ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﺦ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺨﺮﺍﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﮔﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺸﺮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﹼﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ )ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻧﻲ( ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻲ)ﮔﻮﺭﺍﻥ( ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱِ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺪﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺨﻜﺎﻣﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻋﺠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﺮﮔ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮊﺭﻓﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﺠﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎﻱ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﺁﺷـﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺩ ِﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺷﺘﺔ ﻣﺮﺩﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪١١‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻮ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨـﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤـﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺳـﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺮﮔﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺖ؟!‬ ‫ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﺩﺭﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺯﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺟـﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﻜﻮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ؟!‬ ‫ـ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ‪ » ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ« ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻝ » ﺗﻮﻃﺌﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ« )ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﻣﺒﺮ! ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩﺵ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ!( ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻣﺸﻤﻮ ِ‬ ‫ـ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﻣﻮﻛﺮﺍﺳﻲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟‬ ‫ـ ﻣﻴﻬﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ؟‬ ‫ـ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻫﺴﺖ؟!‬ ‫ﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻠﺠﻮﻗﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﺸﺎﻫﻲ ﭼﺸﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺑﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﭘﻠﻮﺳـﻲ ﻭ ﭘـﺴﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﭘﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ ِﻩ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﻧﺪ؟! ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺖ؟!‬ ‫ـ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻤﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺳـﺮﻭﺩ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑـﺎﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻳﺪﻧﺪ؟!‬ ‫ﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﺷـﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋـﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺘـﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕِ ﻧـﻮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺳـﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺗﻤﺪ‪‬ﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‪ ...‬ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﻫـﺎ ﭘﺮﺳـﺶ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻝ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷـﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻳـﺮ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﻭﻛﺎﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺤ ‪‬ﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮ ِﺩ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻦ ﺗﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑـﻲ ﺷـﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺑﻴـﺎﻓﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺒﺎ ِﺭ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﹶﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻭﺩﻟﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔــﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑــﺎ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻧــﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘــﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜــﺎ ﺁﻳــﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫــﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧــﺪﻩ ﻛــﻪ ﮔﻔﺘــﻪ ﺷــﻮﺩ؟‪ .‬ﭼــﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤـﺖ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺨﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟! ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳـﻲ ﻻﺯﻣـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺯﻭ ِﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‪...‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟـﻴﻜﻦ ﭘﺎﻳ‪‬ﻨـﺪﺍﻥ ]ﺿـﺎﻣﻦ[ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣﻘـﺎﻳﻖ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓ ِ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ؟ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﺶ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ » .‬ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻲ« ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﹸﮔﻬ‪‬ـﺮﻱ ﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ]ﺍﺻـﻠﻲ ﺗـﺮﻳﻦ[‬ ‫ﻢ ﺧﺠـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺭﻓـﺖ؟‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧـﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ؟‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺳﻴﺎﻟﻴﺰﻡ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ؟‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺩﻝ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﮔﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺎﻡ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻴﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻜﺠﺎ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺭﻓـﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﭙﻴﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓـﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺣﻘـﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍ ِﻩ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭ‪‬ﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺱ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛـﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﺗـﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳــﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨــﺪ ﻧﻤــﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻــﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻧــﮓ ﺑﻜــﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨــﺪ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺻــﺪ ﺭﻧــﮓ ﭘــﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨــﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴــﻚ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﺶ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺪﺍﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ‪ ۱۳۱۱‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺣ ﹼﺘﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻨﺎﻣﺔ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎ ﻧﻨﺸﻴﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺑﺮﻡ"‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡِ ﺍﻧﻜﻴﺰﻳﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ١٣٢٤ ،‬ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ‪ ١٣٥٧ ،‬ﺹ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـ ِﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔـﺔ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻔـﺖ ﮔﻔﺘـﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺷـﺸﻢ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ) ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪ (۱۳۱۹‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽـﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔـﺖ ﺑﺨـﺶ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧـﺖ ﻧـﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻳﻜﻢ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ )ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻮﺭﻛﻮﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ( ﺷـﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻗﻴـﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻻﺑـﻼﻱ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﺪﻻﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺗـﻚ ﺗـﻚ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴـﺮ ﻳـﺎ ﺟـﻮﺍﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ـ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻤﺮﻧﮓ ـ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮊﺭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ )ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ( ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺷـﻴﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺑﺎﺧﺘﮕﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺑﺎﺧﺘﮕﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﭽﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ )ﺣﻀﺎﺭ( ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮ ﮔﻮﺷـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﮔﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻮﻏﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻣﮕﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻨـﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ؟!‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﭘﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ » ،‬ﺧـﺮﺩ« ‪ » ،‬ﺟـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ« ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ )ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ( ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻤﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺩﻳـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﺸﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻬﻨﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪۱‬ـ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺵ )ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ( ﺟـﺪﺍﻳﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ » ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻱ« ﻳﺎ » ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻱ« ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﺘﻦ ﺍﺻـﻠﻲ ﺑـﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫» ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ« ﻳﺎ » ﺩﻭﺭﻱ« ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻳـﺎﻱ » ﻧﺎﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ«‬ ‫)ﻧﻜﺮﻩ( ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ » ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ« ﻳﺎ » ﺟﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ« ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ » ﺧﺎﻧﺔ« ﻳﺎ » ﺟﺎﻣﺔ«‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ » ﻧﺎﻣﺔ « ﻳﺎ » ﻣﺎﻳﺔ« ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ » ﻧﺎﻣﻪ« ﻳﺎ » ﻣﺎﻳﻪ« ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻆ » ﻱ« ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ » ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ« ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ » ﺧﺎﻧﻬـﺎ« ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ » ﺧﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ« ﺑﻠﻜﻪ » ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ« ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۲‬ـ ﺣﺮﻑ » ﺏ« ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺵ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ » ﺑﺎﻳﻦ« ﻳﺎ » ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ«‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺟـﺰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧــﻲ ﺟﺎﻫــﺎ ﻣــﺎ ﺁﻧــﺮﺍ ﺑــﻪ ﻫﻤــﺎﻥ ﺣــﺎﻝ ﮔــﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳــﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧــﻲ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻫــﺎ » ﺳــﺮﻫﻢ« ﻧﻮﺷــﺘﻪ ﻣﻴــﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨــﺪ‬ ‫» ﺩﺭﺁﻧﻬﻨﮕﺎﻣﺴﺖ« ﻳﺎ » ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻧﺮﺍ«‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻴﻮﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬـﺎ ﺁﺷـﻨﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫‪۳‬ـ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﮕﺬﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ‪‬ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ )ﻣﻘﻮﻟﻪ( ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﻫـﺪ ﻫﻤﮕـﺎﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺵ ﺑ ‪‬ﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺻـﺪﻫﺎ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻬـﻮﻡ ﻧـﻮ ﻭ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻـﻄﻼﺡ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻧﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺣـﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨـﺪ » ﺍﺻـﻼﺣﺎﺗﻲ« ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻦ( ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻭﺭﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳﺘﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﭘـﺎﻙ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻮﺱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺝ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻧﺎﻣﺔ » ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ« ـ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻜﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ‪ ١‬ـ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻱ ﮔﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻨﺠﺶ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻧﻚ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﭼﻢ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ ، ٢٣‬ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ » ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ« ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋـﺎﺩﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻴﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺭﺿﺎﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻨﺠﺶ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۴‬ـ ﺗﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻛﻴـﺪ ﭘـﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮕﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۵‬ـ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ » ﻭ« ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺔ ] [ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻫﻴﺨﺖ ‪۱۳۸۷‬‬ ‫‪[email protected]‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ـ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ـ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ! ـ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﺔ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ـ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ـ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ـ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ـ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ـ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ـ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﮕﺮﻱ ـ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ـ ﻧﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯﺧﻮﺩ ـ ﻫﻮﺳﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ـ‪۱‬ـ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻚ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﮕ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﺎﺭ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ » ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ « ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﺎ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﮔﻴﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ » ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ« ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻲ ـ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ـ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼـﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ ﺳـﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻔﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻜﺘﺔ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻧﻤﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﻤـﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﻳـﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪ ﻏﻮﻏﺎ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳـﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﻜـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ )ﻣﻌﻤﺎ( ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺞ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺰﻭﻧـﻲ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴ ِﺰ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ » ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧـﺔ«‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺩﭼﺎﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺞ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺷـﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷـﻨﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺧـﺖ ﺩﻭﺯﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧـﻪ ﺳـﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﭽـﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺩﺯﺩﻱ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﭽـﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﭘـﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ ﺑـﺎ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑـﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﺖ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﺖ ﭼﻴـﺮﻩ ﺗـﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺘﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬

‫‪٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬـﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳـﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳـﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ )ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ( ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻳﺔ ﻳـﻚ » ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧـﻪ«‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻨـﻲ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻔﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬـﺎ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻜــﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻬﻨــﺎﻭﺭﺗﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻓــﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﺒــﺮﺩ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘــﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳــﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻳــﺴﺖ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﭘــﻴﺶ ﻳــﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔــﺎﻥ ﻳــﺎ ﻳــﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯ)ﺻﻨﻌﺘﮕﺮ( ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﭽﺸﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﺸﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺞ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ ﺩﻫـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﺗﹶـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺗﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻨﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻧﺞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫـﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﮊﺍﻧـﺴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﮕﺪﺍﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﻭﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻥ » ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ« ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺑـﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ"‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺰﺩﻧﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﺎﻃﻨـ ﹰﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﹰﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺗ ﹰﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨ ﹰﺎ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ ١ ".‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻓـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻱ ﻗﺮﻧﻬـﺎ ﺷـﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳـﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺷـﻔﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﭘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ِﻛﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﮕﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺎﺭﺳـﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻢ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺳـﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻳـﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﺳـﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺞ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻛﺘـﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﮔﺮﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻫﺮﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺴﺘﻲ ﻛـﺎ ِﺭ ﻋﺪﻟﻴـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺸﺖ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ ﺑﺠـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﭙﺎﺳﺦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ"‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻛﻴـﻞ ﺑـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻛﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﻛﻞ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺨﺮﺝ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻛﻴﻼﻥ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫـﺮ ﺳـﺨﻨﻲ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﮔـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺁﻧـﺮﻭﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻔﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺟﻠﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﻬﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﺩﺭﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻤﺪﻧﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﻤـﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺸﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﺮﻳـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ‪ "...‬ﻳـﻚ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻜﺠﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺯﺷﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔـﻆ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ‪ "...‬ﺩﺭﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎ ) ﺍﺧـﻼﻕ( ﺭﺍ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ » ﻭﻓﺎ« ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ‪" :‬ﻭﻓﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯﻛﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻓﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ‪ "...‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ‪" :‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻏﺮﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻭﻓـﺎﻳﻲ ﻫـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪"...‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻏـﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻧـﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻣﺎﻳﮕﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﭘـﺮﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻳﮕﻲ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﮔـﻮﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﺪﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻐﻴـﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﺁﻣﻴ ِﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺗﺎﺯﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﻜﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻳﺎﻧـﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﺭﻟﻲ ﭼﺎﭘﻠﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬

‫‪٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﭼﺎﺭﻟﻲ ﭼﺎﭘﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ » ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ « ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤـﻴﻦ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ » ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺸﻲ« ﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻳﻜﺪﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺱ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣـﺼﺮ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﻓـﻪ ﺁﻣﻴـﺰ ﺷـﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺳـﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﻳـﺪﻳﻢ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﭙﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﭽـﺎﭖ ﺭﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ‪" :‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﻳـﻞ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺬﺍﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪"...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺸﺪﺓ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣـﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧـﺪ ﻣﻴﻤـﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﻛﻤﭙـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﻤـﻮﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻤﭙﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧـﺖ ﭘـﻮﻝ ﺧـﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﺓ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻤـﻮﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻫﻤـﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻤﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻛﻤﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺪﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻪ ﺟـﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪـ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺂﻥ ‪‬ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺎﻥ ﭘـﺮﻭ ﺑـﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻴﻬﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻬـﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ » ﺣﻘـﻮﻕ ﻣـﺪﻧﻲ « ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﭘـﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ » ﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜـﺎ « ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻗـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺩﺷﺘﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﺷﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭼـﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳـﺪﻳﻢ ﻣـﺎ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﮔـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪﻩ ﺍﺵ ﺷﺮﻗﻴـﺴﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺍﺭﺝ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺳـﺎﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﺔ » ﺷﻔﻖ ﺳﺮﺥ « ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ » ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ « ﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ) ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻣﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣـﻲ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﭙﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ« ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻮﺷـﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ » ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺤـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﺁﺛـﺎﺭ ﻋﻠـﻢ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺟـﻲ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜـﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻼﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﺴﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﺨﻮﺵ ﻓﻨـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﻌﻮﺽ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻌـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺪﺩﻛﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ـ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻔﻀﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺧـﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻜـﻮ ﺭﻫﺒـﺮ ﺷـﻮﺩ ـ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻮﺽ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻏﺮﻳﺰﺓ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ ﻃﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﺰﺗـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺠﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ـ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺳـﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺷﻔﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﻜﺘـﺔ ﻭﺍﺿـﺤﻪ ﻏﻔﻠـﺖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘـﺎﻡ ﺍﻧـﺪﺭﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴـﺪ! "‪ .‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ! ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺣﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳـﻌﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﻗﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪"...‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ؟!‪ ..‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤـﺸﻴﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺳـﺎﺯﺩ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺯﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﺰﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﺮ ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻳﺴﺖ‬

‫‪٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺷﻲ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺁﺯ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺰﺓ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ ﻃﻤﻊ( ﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟! ﺁﺯ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺷـﻚ ﻭ ﺗﻨـﮓ ﺩﻳـﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺑﻔﺰﻭﻧـﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛﻤـﻚ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴـﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣـﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺳـﻔﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ » ﻋﻈﻤـﺖ« ﺭﻭﺑـﺮﻭ ﺷـﻮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫» ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎﺗﻢ« ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺭﻭﺑـﺮﻭ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺎﺗﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻤـﻲ ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻳـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗـﺸﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﺳـﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﻤﻴـﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﻱ ﺗﻜـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫" ﻋﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ" !‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﮕﻮﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﭙﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ!؟‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ » ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ« ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﻕ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺷـﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳـﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺎﻱ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺯﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺳـﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻳـﻚ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻐـﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﻢ ﻭ ﻧـﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻧﻴﺎﺑﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺑـﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﮕﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﻤﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻧﻴـﻚ‬ ‫ﻲ« ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓ ِ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ١‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ » ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻻﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺑﭙﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﮕﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻜﺎﺭﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺑﻨ ِﺪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓـﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻤﮕـﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺁﮔـﺎﻩ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻡ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣـﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﭘـﺴﺮﻓﺖ ﻳـﻚ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﺳـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪١ :‬ـ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪٢ .‬ـ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ‪٣ .‬ـ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺪﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﻳ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺯﺑﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗـﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﭙﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺰ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﮔﺎﻭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺑﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﺷﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﻟﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛـﺮ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻫـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻴﭽـﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭼـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺟـﺎﻥ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻨﮓ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﻳـﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷـﻨﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻴﻢ ﺁﻧـﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ، ٢‬ﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﺎﺭﻱ ﺷـﺮﻕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻣﺴﺎﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﺩ؟!‪.«..‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ = ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ )ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ( ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳـﺎﻝ ﺑـﺎﺯ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﻳـﺸﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺓ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳـﺖ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻟﺨـﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳـﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﺯﻳـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﮔـﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﻜﺮﺍﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﭙﻴﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ؟‪ ..‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﭙﺎﻛﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻗـﺮﻥ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺬﺷـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﭘﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮓ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑ ‪‬ﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻮﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﺧﻼﻓـﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺳـﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻼﻓﺖ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺷﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻳـﻚ ﺟﻨـﺒﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧـﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺍﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺍﻣﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺰ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺸﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻧـﮓ ﻛـﻴﺶ )ﻣـﺬﻫﺐ(‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﻦ‬

‫‪٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻧﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ"‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺷﻴﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻨﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺎﺯﺷﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ » ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺘﻦ« ﺩﺭﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻧـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭙـﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺪ ﺑﻴﮕﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺧﻨﺔ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎ ِﺩ ﺍﺳـﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱِ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧـﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻼﻃـﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳـﻄﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ » ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ » ﺁﺗـﺶ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ« ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩﮔﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻴﺰﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷـﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳـﺘﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﺑـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺴﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺞ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﮔﺸﺎﺩﻥ ﻭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺁﺑـﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺧﺰﻳﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ » ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺘﻦ« ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ » ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ«‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓـﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻗـﺮﻥ ﭘـﻨﺠﻢ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧـﻴﻢ ﻏﻨﻴﻤـﺖ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺑـﺎﺕ‬ ‫)ﻣﻴﺨﺎﻧﻪ( ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ‬

‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺲ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﻴـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺵ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﺛﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﻣـﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺷﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫـﺎ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺂﻧﺠﺎﻫﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺳـﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺩﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﺵ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪﺍﺭ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﺟﻠـﻮ ﺗﺮﻛـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕـﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘـﺔ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺼﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﺳـﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤـﻮﺩ ﻏﺰﻧـﻮﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺳـﭙﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﺠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻮﺷـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺂﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻫﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺑﺪﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﮕـﺪﺍﺯ ﻣﻐـﻮﻝ ﻣـﻲ ﺭﺳـﻴﻢ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﺸﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﺸﺎﻩ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧـﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺩﺷـﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺯﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﭙﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰﺧﺎﻥ ﭼﻬـﺎﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪﺍﺭ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣـﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺘﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻧﻜﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﮔﻮﺳـﻔﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺗﺎﻱ ﻭ ﻳﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮﻛﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﻐـﻮﻝ ﺑـﺎ ﺳـﻲ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ ﺳـﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻴﺤـﻮﻥ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﺳـﺎﻥ ﻛـﺸﺘﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻤﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪١١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻦ ﻃﻐﺮﺍﻳـﻲ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻫﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﺰﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺟﻨﺒـﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻤـﺮﺩ ﻛـﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺒـﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﺮﺱ ﺟـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧـﺪﺍﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﭘﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪﻱ ﻳﻜـﺘﻦ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒـﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺨﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮕﺠﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﭼﺸﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺤـﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ؟! ‪ .‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑﭙﺮﺳـﻴﺪ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺞ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ … " ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟! ﻣﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴـﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺛـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴـﺎﭘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪" :‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ" ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪" :‬ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜـﺪﻝ ﻫـﺮ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮓ ﺯﻫﺮ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧـﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴـﺸﺎﺑﻮﺭ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻲ ﭘﺴﺮ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﻬـﺎ) ﻋـﺰﻡ( ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺑﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻡ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﺯﻳـﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺘـﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ‬ ‫» ﻣﺮﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ« ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﮔﻬﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻐـﻮﻻﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣـﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻬـﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﮔﻬﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﮔﺬﺷﺘﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺒﺎﭼﺔ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻳـﻚ ﻣـﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻱ )ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﺮﺩ( ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪١٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺨﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛـﺸﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﻮﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻤﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺳـﺮﻧﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ )ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ( ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺯﺑﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺪﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﺮﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ‪ » :‬ﺧﻤﺮﺕ ﻃﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺭﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺻﺒﺎﺣ ﹰﺎ« ) ِﮔﻞ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺑﺎﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﺷﺘﻢ( ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺑﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻃـﺎﺋﻒ ﻭ ﻣﻜـﻪ ﮔﻠـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﺑﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺭ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻛﺮﺩﮔﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ٦١٥‬ﺗﺎ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪ ٦١٨‬ﺁﻥ ﻛـﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻏﺰﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻤﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺤـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺰﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﮕﺪﺍﺯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭘﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺂﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺞ ﺳﭙﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺲ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳـﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺨﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺻـﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﭘﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﻔـﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨـﺼﺮﺑﺎﷲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐـﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺪﺭﺳـﺔ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒـﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﻨﺠﻴﻨـﺔ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳـﺰﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺨﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﺠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻴﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻴﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ ﻧﻬـﺎﺩﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻼﻛﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺸﻬﺮ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻧـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺔ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺧﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺗـﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﮕﺎﻧـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﮕﺪﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﻟﺸﻜﺮﻛﺸﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭﻟﻨـﮓ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳـﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻤﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭽـﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑـﺲ ﺷـﮕﻔﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻀﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻚ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻧﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻛـﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺴﻮﺩ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﺓ ﺯﻫﺮ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘـﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮ ﺟﻨـﺒﺶ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭﺷـﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﺮﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ‪‬ﺩﮊﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺷﺘﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺎ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﺍﻧـﺪﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﻨـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ )ﻧـﻪ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ( ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻧـﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﻬـﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳـﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﺗﺎﻛﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺧـﺪﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬـﺮ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺪ )ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ( ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳـﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻴـﺪﻥ ﺑﻤـﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﭙﺎﻩ ﺑﻤﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐـﻮﻝ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨـﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺗـﺎ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻴﻜـﺸﺪ ﻓﺰﻭﻧـﻲ ﺷـﻌﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺷـﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺠﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻮﺷﺪ ﮔﺴﺘﺎﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺯﺷﺘﻲ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻧﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﻨﺠﺎﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﻨـﺪ ﺳـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻛﺞ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺰﻝ ﻭ ﮔﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻦ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻌﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺩﻫـﻢ ﺳﻴـﺼﺪﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺁﻟـﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻌﺮ ﺳـﺮﻭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺗﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﺸﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺻـﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺪﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻟﮕﺪﻣﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺎﺧـﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻓﺴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻣﻨﺪﮔﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﺔ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻤﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﺭ ﭘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴـﺴﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﭙﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﮕﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗـﻮﺱ ﭘـﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻴﺪﺵ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﺪ ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﭽﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻜﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﻳـﺴﺎﻥ ﭼـﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﻳـﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺳـﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ » ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺷﺮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ« ﻭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺂﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ » ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ« ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻟﻘﺐ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﺯﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺳﭙﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻱ ﻛﻔـﻨﺶ ﺑﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ » ﺣﺠﺖ« ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺩﻫﻢ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻳﺔ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﻲ ﺷـﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﺒﺨﺘﻲ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﺓ ﺗـﺮﻙ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧـﺮﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﺎﺟﻴـﻚ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧـﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠـﺰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨـﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻤـﺰﻩ ﻣﻴـﺮﺯﺍ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴـﺮﺯﺍ ﺳـﻠﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﭙﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺤﻤﺰﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻳـﺮﻱ ﻧﮕﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻛﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻧﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻨﺎﻩ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﻛـﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻫﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﻲ ﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧـﻮﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺰﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺯ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔـﺮﺩ ﻓـﺮﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮﻱ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺴﺮﺩﻱ ﻏﺰﻝ ﻳﺎﻭﺓ ﻋﺎﺷﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺩﺭ ]ﻛﺘﺎﺏ[ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫» ﺧﻮﺑﺮﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﻮ ﺳﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺯﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ« ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﻚ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﺮﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﺭﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﺎﻛﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻏﻠﻄﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﻴـﺎﻥ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﺷـﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﻳـﻚ ﺁﺧـﺸﻴﺞ‬ ‫)ﻋﻨﺼﺮ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺳﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻚ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺷﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻴﭽﻴـﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺻـﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺷـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪﺳـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻱ ﹸﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﭼـﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺂﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲِ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘـﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻔﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺻـﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﺷﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﺎﺟﺎﺭﻳـﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺩﺷـﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻧﻮﻣﻴـﺪﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﻔﺰﻭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺗﻨﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﺑﺂﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﺰﺩﮔﻲ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺧـﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧـﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﻨـﺪ ﺭﺷـﺘﻪ ﻛﻨـﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫‪١‬ـ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺒـﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻤـﻴﻬﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻔـﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤‬ـ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻻﻑ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻳﻬﻮﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥‬ـ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺂﻧﻬـﺎ ﮔﻴـﺮﻳﻢ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺁﺷـﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻬﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ )ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺳـﺘﺔ ﺍﻧﺒـﻮﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎ ِﺯ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﻛﻬﻦ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻴـﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭﺁﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﻛـﻢ ﻛـﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﻣﻴﺒـﻮﺩ ﺷـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻬﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ]ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ[ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﮔﻴﺠﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺶ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽـﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﺷـﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘـﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻳﻜﺴﺮ ‪ ١‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺳـﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪﻩ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘـﻲ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﺎﺭ ﺷـﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫـﺮ ﺳـﺨﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺧـﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻠﺨﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻳـﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺮﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺷﻴﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﻮﻱ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ١‬ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻜـﻮﻫﺶ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﺑﻴـﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳـﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻜـﻮﻫﺶ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺮ ﻣـﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪" :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ" ﺩﺳـﺘﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺑﮕﻠـﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫"ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﺋﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟!‪ ".‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﻞ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕـﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩ" ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺣﻼﺝ ﭘﺴﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﮔﻠـﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ‪" :‬ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘـﻲ ﻣﻌﻠـﻮﻡ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻣﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺵ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﺸـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﺨﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭼﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻣـﺎﻏﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻋﻘﻞ ‪ ..‬ﻋﻘﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ‪ "...‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﺓ ﻳﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺴﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﺔ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ» ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﺩ« ﺩﺭﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻨـﻚ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻣـﺎ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺩﻳـﺪﻳﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻒ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻢ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳـﺸﺔ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺳـﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﻪ ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ" ﻳـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫" ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ" ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺣـﺎﻻ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻣـﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻧﻴـﺴﺘﻨﺪ"‪ .‬ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻗﺎ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨـﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ ﺗـﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸـﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘﻴـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪" :‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ" ﻭ "ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑـﺴﺖ" ﻭ‬ ‫" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﭘـﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻴﺪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ "...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪" :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ؟!‪ ".‬ﻳﻜـﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩﺵ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺸﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑـﺂﺭﺯﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ » ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ« ﺭﺍ » ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ« ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻧﻲ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺷـﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﮔﻠﭽﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ" ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﻣﺎﻧﺴﺖ"‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻳـﺪﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﮔﻴـﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤـﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻤـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺴﻨﮓ » ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ« ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎ ِﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫"ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻨﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻢ ‪ "...‬ﻣـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻫﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻝ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻮﺳـﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﭽﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺷـﻌﺮ ﺳـﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘـﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻳـﺴﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻨﺒﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ـ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻴﺨﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺑﻨـﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﺳـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺪ )ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺯﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ( ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻨﮓ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺴﺨﻨﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ! ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺗـﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻧـﺪ! ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺠﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺁﺷـﻮﺏ ﺑﻜﺠـﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑـﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻧـﺎ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺳﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮ ِﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺂﻧﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﮔـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺰﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻫﺮﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺷـﺖ" ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻳـﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪" :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﺎﺭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻤـﺎ ﻛﻤـﻚ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ" ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺳـﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺠﻴـﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻴـﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻫﺮﻛﺎﺭﺗـﺎﻥ ﻏﻴـﺮﺍﺯ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳـﺖ" ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻤﻔﺮﺳـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻨﻢ"‪ .‬ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﺳـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻛﻲ ﺳﺮﺷﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﻛﻮﺩﻛـﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪۱۳۱۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۳۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۵۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۸۷‬‬

‫ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑـﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳــﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﮓ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ـ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ـ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮓ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﺎﻧﻪ ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ«‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ـ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻫﺎ !‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ـ ﺷﻌﺮﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ـ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ـ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ـ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻱ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎ ِ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ـ‪٢‬ـ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﺔ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺴﺖ ﺑﺠﻨـﮓ ﺑﺮﺧﻴـﺰﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻳﻬــﺎ ﻭ ﺯﺷــﺘﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭﻫــﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧــﺴﺘﻴﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟــﻲ ﭼــﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧــﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﭼــﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬــﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑــﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﭼـﺸﻤﺔ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬـﺎ ﭘـﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻳـﻢ ﻳﻜﻤـﺮﺩﻡ ﻛـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﭘـﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼـﺸﻤﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺑﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺟﻨـﺒﺶ ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﮔﻠـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻱ ‪ " :‬ﺑﮕﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺷـﺪ" ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻱ ‪" :‬ﻣﻠﺖ ﺟﺎﻫـﻞ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﭘـﻲ ﺑﺤﻘـﻮﻕ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ"‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬

‫‪٢١‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺨﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﺭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﻔـﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺑـﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ » ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ » ﻣﻠﺖ ﺩﮊﻧﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ« ﻭ » ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻫـﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ«‪ .‬ﮔﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺑـﻲ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭﭘـﻲ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﺓ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬـﺎ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫـﺮ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﭼﺸﻤﺶ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺒـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺠـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﮕﻴﺰﺓ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺠﺎ؟!‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ )ﺍﺯ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﻧﻬـﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ( ﻧﻜـﻮﻫﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟! ‪ ..‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻜﺎﺭﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﺍﭘﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﺴﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬـﺎ ﺟـﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﻜـﻮﻫﺶ‬ ‫ﺏ ﭘـﺎﻛﻴﺰﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺣﻮﺿﻴﻜﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁ ِ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘـﻪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺂﻧﻜـﻪ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ! ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺳِـﺮ ﺁﻗﺎﺧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻮﺭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻣﺎﻧﺸﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺰﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷـﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﭘـﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺑــﻦ ﺍﺑﻴﻄﺎﻟــﺐ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧــﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ( ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴــﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘــﻪ ﺷــﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺷــﻌﺮ ﻛــﻪ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬــﺎ ﺍﻓﺘــﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫» ﻫﺮﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﺖ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪ … « ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺳﺪﺍﷲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘـﺲ ﭘـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ« ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ «...‬ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮕــﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻳــﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳــﻦ ﭘﻨــﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑــﺲ ﻣﻔــﺖ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻳــﺮ ﭘــﺎ ﺭﻳﺨﺘــﻪ ﺗــﺎ ﺑــﺸﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴــﺰ ﺭﺳــﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻴـ ِﺪ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻳﻴـﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜـﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺰﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺩﺳـﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻛـﺎﺭ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﮕـﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑﻜﺘـﺎﺏ » ﻭﺟـﻪ ﺩﻳـﻦ«‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺧﺴﺮﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﭼـﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴـﺪ؟ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺳـﭙﺮﺩ؟! ‪ ..‬ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺷـﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ )ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻲ ﻫﺮﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﺑﻴﻤﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳـﺪ ﺩﺭﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﮓ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻧﻪ ﺁﻗﺎ! ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ« ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺰ ﭘﻮﭺ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻤﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻼﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴـﺮﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺪﺭﻧﮓ ﺷـﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﭙﺎﺳـﺦ ﮔـﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺳ ِﺮ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﻴﻤﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ) :‬ﺳـﺪﺭﻩ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ( ﺩﺭﻧﺸﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺰﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺵ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻼﻡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﺀ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﻨﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟ ‪"...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺮ ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﺩﻩ » ﺍﻧـﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺁﻝ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ«‪ .‬ﻳﻜـﺴﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﭘﻮﭼﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ِﻡ ﮔﻴﺞ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺠﺘـﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭘﻮﭺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﺴﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﭼﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻫـﺮ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﺵ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻛﺮﺩ؟! "‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﺓ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺁﺑﺮﻭ ﺍﺭﺝ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺩﻫـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻬـﻦ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫»ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ! « ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺍﺯﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺩﮔﺎﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪" :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ" ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮔﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺻﺪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﻧـﺪﻛﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺻـﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛـﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺻـﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻢ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ‪‬ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎﺳـﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﻐﺰﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺩﻟﺨﺮﺍﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻨﺪﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻲ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ( ﺑﻔﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑـﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻫﺮﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﻨﺪﺭﺍﻧـﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺪﺭﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻧـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺭﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ـ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﺔ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺒـﻮﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺷـﻔﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮﻱ ﺯﻭﺭﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﺁﻳﻨـﻪ ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎﻱ ﻫﺮﻛـﺴﻲ ﺑﭙـﺴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﭽﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﭙﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﭙﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﻧﺎﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗـﻮﺩﺓ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺗﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﻢ« ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺧﺖ‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺷـﺮﻕ ﻭﻇﻴﻔـﺔ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻏـﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺷﺮﻕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻼﺷـﻬﺎﻱ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺗﺴﻠﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺯﻫﺮﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺠﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺵ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻑ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ«‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﺍﻧﺒـﻮﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺮﺍﻥ ـ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺳـﭙﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘـﺔ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻌﺮ ﭼـﺎﭖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﻓـﻪ ﺁﻣﻴـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺑـﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫» ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ « ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺷﻌﺮﺳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﻛـﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜـــﺮﺩﻡ ﺷـــﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗـــﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻳـــﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺟـــﻮﺍﻥ ﺑـــﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻓﺮﻳـــﺐ ﻫﻴـــﺎﻫﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺧـــﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨـــﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘﺮ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ]ﺑـﻪ[ ﺟﻨـﺒﺶ ﺷـﺎﺧﻪ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﺩﺳـﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﺮﻣـﺎﮔﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ » ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ« ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺖ ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺖ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙـﺎﻱ ﺯﺭﺩﺷـﺘﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻧﻮ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﺷـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺒﻜﻤﻐﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻮﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺷـﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺧـﺸﻴﺞ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻣـﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﭘــﺴﺘﻲ ﻫــﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬــﺎﻱ ﺯﻣــﺎﻥ ﻣﻐــﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴــﺎﻥ ﺑــﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨــﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬــﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳــﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻣــﻲ ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣــﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳــﺘﻴﻢ ﻣــﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘــﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﮕﺬﺷــﺘﻪ ﺑــﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳــﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻬــﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑــﺴﻮﻱ ﺁﻳﻨــﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﮔــﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨــﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﻣﻴﻜـﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﺓ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺷـﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ ﭘﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﻢ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻤﻠﻜـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻣﻠﺘـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﺤﻔـﻆ ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﺪ ‪ « ...‬ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴـﺎﻫﻮ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴـﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﮔـﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﺗـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ؟!‪ « ..‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺶ ﭼـﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣـﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻠﺨـﻲ ﺭﻭﺑـﺮﻭ ﻣﻴـﺸﺪﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣـﺎﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ » ﻓﻬﻢ« ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ١‬ﻭﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﻌﻨـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ » ﺗﻤﺪﻥ«‬ ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ ﭼﻴـﺴﺖ؟!‪ «.‬ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﮔـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ؟! « ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ » :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺷـﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ؟!‪ «..‬ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﻧـﺎﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘـﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﺍ ِ‬ ‫» ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﺰﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺴﺮﺍﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﭽـﺎﭖ ﻣﻴﺮﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻝ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﺭﻭﻍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻤﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺎﺷﻘﻲ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻚ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻟـﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻛـﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻭﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﻡ ! ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺳﺮ ‪‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ! " ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﺮﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫» ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ« ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻏﺰﻝ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﮔـﻮﻳﻲ ﭼـﻪ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ؟!‪ «..‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺁ‪ ..‬ﺁﻗـﺎ! ﺷـﻤﺎ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻏﺰﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﻏﺰﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ"‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ]ﻱ[‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﺑـﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧـﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﻧـﺎﻡ‬ ‫» ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ« ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺂﺯﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻨـﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻴـﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﻵﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﺮﻗـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔـﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻴـﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﻳـﺐ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺒﺨﻮﺍﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻜﻤﺸﺖ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻔﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ... :‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨــﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜــﻪ ﺯﻧــﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑــﺴﺨﺖ ﺗــﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺷــﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻴــﺎﺯ ﭘﻴــﺪﺍ ﻛــﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻨــﺎﻥ ﺳــﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘــﻮﭼﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ! ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻮﻣﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ ﻛـﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻤﺮﺍﻫـﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﭙﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻳﻢ ـ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺷـﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻧـﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺧﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﺰﺭﮔـﺎﻥ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻫﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ« ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻧـﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﻡ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻳـﻚ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺳـﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜـﻪ ﺩﺷـﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺠﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﺩﺭﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜـﻪ ﺁﺷـﻔﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻤﻨﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻳﻜﻤﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻼﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ـ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﺔ ﻧﺎﻡ » ﺑﺰﺭﮒ« ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻮ ﺑﭙﺮﺧﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻴـﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﺴﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳـﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜـﻪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺗﻤﺰﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﮕﺪﺍﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺪﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷـﺘﺔ ﮔﻔـﺘﻦ ﻳـﺎ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺨﻨﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻡ ﺍﺯﺟﺒﺮﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﻐﻮﻟـﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﻳـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﺑـﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﻭﺧﺘﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻛـﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺮﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﺔ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺓ ﺁﺯﺭﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺘﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻪ ﺭﺳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻧﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻢ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﻣﻨﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ‪" :‬ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼـﻪ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ " .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪" :‬ﺩﺭﭼﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟! ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎ ِﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﮕ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺨﺸﺎﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ؟!‪ ..‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﺰﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺰﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺶ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﭙﻮﺷﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻴـﺸﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﻤﺎﺭﺩ؟!‪".‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﭙﺎﺳﺦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﻬﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪" :‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‪ .‬ﺷـﺎﻋﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ..‬ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﺍﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ‪ "...‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻛﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ! ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﻪ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻲ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺷﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻴـﺸﺮﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﭘﻨﺞ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺯﺷﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﺴﻮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻨﮓ ﺁﻭﺭ ﮔـﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳـﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ! " ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ؟! ‪ ..‬ﭘﺲ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ‪‬ﺑﺮﻧـﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻣـﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﺍﻳﻨـﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻧﻴﻜﻬﺎﺷـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ"‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣـﺎ ﻓﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ )ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ٨‬ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺳـﻮﻡ( ﭼـﺎﭖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﺂﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﭼﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﮕﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺪﻫﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺟـﻲ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺨﻨﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻨﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻤﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻋـﻮﻱ ﭘﺰﺷـﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﮕـﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪" :‬ﭼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻧـﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ"‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳـﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪﻱ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼـﻪ ﭘﺰﺷـﻜﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻴﻤـﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻬﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﮕﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺎﻻﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺷﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺑﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑـﺪﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ"‪ .‬ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺳـﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﭘـﻮﭺ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ‪‬ﺩﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳـﺮﺁﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮ ِﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻧـﻪ ! ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ" ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴـﻞ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻧـﺪﺓ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﻫـﺶ ﺑﺮﻳـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻞ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ! ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻳﺪ! ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ! ﻳﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ‪‬ﻣ ﹶﺜ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻣﻠـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ‪ « ..‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰ ﻧﻔﺮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺗﺘـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻢ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗـﺎ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺑـﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺷـﻌﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ » ﺷـﺎﻫﺪ« ﻭ » ﻃﻔـﻞ« ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺑﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﻢ"‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻬﻤﻴـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﭼﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﻴـﺪﻩ ﻧـﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﮕـﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﻣﻐﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﻓﻬﻤﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟! ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺳـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖِ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺑﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺥ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺷﻌﺮ ﺳﺨﻨﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺪﻭ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ )ﻧﺜﺮ( ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫)ﺷﻌﺮ(‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺷـﻌﺮ ﻧﮕﻮﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻬ ِﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺗـﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧـﻪ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﺑـﺂﻥ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﺨـﻮﺭﻳﻢ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﻧـﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺳـﺨﻦ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺩﻝ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻬﻤﺎﻧﻴـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ـ ﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ـ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺞ ﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧـﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷـﻌﺮ ﺑـﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ) ﻭ ﺑﮕﻤـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ( ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺻﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﺳﭙﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻌﺮ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴـﻚ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻏﺰﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣـﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﺨﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛﻨـﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸـﺴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ ٢ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺜﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻌﺮ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺧﻮﺷﻨﻤﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۱۳۱۲‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۳۲۴‬ﺷﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺵ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺯﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻥ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻬـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﺯﺁ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻩ ﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﺑﺪﺳـﺘﺶ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﺯﺁ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ِﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻢ ﭼﻴﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ )ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ( ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻐـﺰﺵ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻗﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺸﻌﺮ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﺯﺁ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺴﺨﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮ ِﺩ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻳﻜﺸﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺷـﻴﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺷـﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺥ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﺨـﻲ ﺑﮕﻠـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻧـﺮﻡ ﺑﭙﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﻨﹼـﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻧـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﭽﻴﺰ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻗﺸﻨﮓ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮ ِﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﭘـﺴﻨﺪﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳـﺎ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ]ﺍﻱ[ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻴـﺪ‪ .‬ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺩﺭﺯﻱ ]ﺍﻱ[ ﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺩﻭﺧـﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ ﭘـﺴﻨﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴﻨـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺍﺵ ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻧﻤﻴﺘـﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻴـﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻫﻨﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸـﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻨﮕﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺳـﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧـﻪ ﻧﺘـﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺵ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺸﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛـﻨﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﺔ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻓﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔ ِ‬ ‫‪٣١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﻨﮕﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﺨﺎﻧﺔ ﺯﻳﺒـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳـﻨﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺪﺭﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ )ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨـﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻢ( ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺒﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﺯﺷﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﺔ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺓ ﺁﺑـﺮﻭﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﭙﺎﺱ ﺷﻴﻮﺍﻳﻲِ ﺳﺨﻦ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺩﻟﺒﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﺰﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﻜﺨﺮﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻗـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻓﺮﻳﻔﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ‪ ١‬ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ؟! ﭼﺸﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻓﺘـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺰﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷـﺘﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻨﻜـﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ"‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻟﻲ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃـﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﺸـﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺷـﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺧﻨﻜﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ! ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ » ﻋﺸﻖ« ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻏﺰﻝ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻤـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻲ ﻧﺎﻻﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺪﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﻲ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻋﺸﻖ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋـﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﺑﻴﺨﺒﺮﻧﺪ"‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﺮﺍ ﺗـﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤـﺎﺗﻮﻡ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﻭﺳـﻬﺎ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴـﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﮊﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺠﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻴـﺮﺯﺍ ﻭ ﻛـﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻟﮕـﺪﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ » ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ« )ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻌـﺪ( ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺗـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﻧﻮﻳـﺴﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ« ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ » ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ "ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ"«‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﺗﺶ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ« ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺪﺳـﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻭﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﺓ ﻓﺮﻭﻏﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤﺎﺗﻮﻡ ﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ... " :‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫]ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ[ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎ ِﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑـﺎ ﺷـﻮﺭﺵ ﻭ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﺑـﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﹸﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻔﺮﻣﺨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺪﺭﻋﻤﻮﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ِﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑـﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻮﺭ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ «...‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺯﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ِ‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻜﺎﺵ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻮﻏﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛـﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪﻱ! ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔـﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺪﻭ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺳـﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺷـﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻃﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ » ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻪ« ﻭ »ﺟﻨﺎﺱ« ﻭ » ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﻩ« ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ » ﺍﺩﺏ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻜـﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ » ﺍﺩﻳـﺐ« ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ« ﻭ » ﺑﻴﺎﻥ« ﻭ » ﺑﺪﻳﻊ« ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ » ﻋﻠـﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺑﻲ« ﻳﺎ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻋﺮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺷـﻌﺮ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻌﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ« ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻛـﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﻨﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧـﺪﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﻠﻤـﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ » ﻟﻴﺘﺮﺍﺗـﻮﺭ« ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﺔ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ« ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ » ﻟﻴﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮ ِﺭ« ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ« ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ » ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﻓـﻪ ﺁﻣﻴـﺰ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﺁﻣﻴـﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧـﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻴـﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﮔﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻃﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﺟﺰ ﻗﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ » ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ« ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺠﺎ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤﻪ ﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻭ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺂﻧﻜﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳـﻚ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺍﺭﺟـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﻮﭼﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳـﺸﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨـﺪ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫» ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ« ﺑﻐﻮﻏﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺧﺎﺵ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟!‪ « .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻤـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻲ ﺑﭙﺮﺳـﺶ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟـﻴﻜﻦ ﺧـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻓﻴـﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭﺁﻣـﺪﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻬـﺮ ﺳـﺨﺘﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻫﻴـﺎﻫﻮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻻﻧﻪ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩـ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻟﮕﺮﻣﻲ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﺣـﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻌﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑـﺪﻳﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓـﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺁﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳـﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜـﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﻴﺰﺩ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜـﻪ ﻧـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻨﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺟﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳ ِﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻴﻬﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻳﻢ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ ـ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻛﺠﺎﺳـﺖ؟!‪ ، «..‬ﻳـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘـﺖ ﭼﻴـﺴﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﺗـﻮ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻔﻬﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻔﻬﻤﻢ« ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ« ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟ )ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ »:‬ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ« ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳ ِﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧـــﻮﺩ ﺩﺳـــﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺪﺳـــﺖ ﺑـــﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻛـــﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫـــﺪ ﻛـــﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـــﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜـــﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺳـــﺦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻠﻨﺪﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣـﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺠﻠﻮ ﭘـﺎﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﻏﻠﻄﺎﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣـﻮﻥ ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻴـﺎﻫﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷـﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺪﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺣﻤـﺖ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻏﻮﻏﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻛـﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻏﻮﻏﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻚ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ » :‬ﺷﻌﺮ ﺳﺨﻨﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺨﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﺜـﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛـﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﮔﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﺑﺨـﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺠﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﮕﺮﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮﻡ‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪۱۳۱۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۳۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۵۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۸۷‬‬

‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻴﺴـﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻜﻨﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ـ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ـ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ـ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ـ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ـ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ـ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ـ‪٣‬ـ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﺠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻛﻮﺷـﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ِﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻨﺒ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻼ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺑﺮﺳﺮ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺰﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﭽﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ"‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ » ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ « ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﺩﻳـﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ » ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ « ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻧـﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ » ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ « ﻳﺎ » ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ« ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺂﺑـﺎﺩﻳﺶ ﻛﻮﺷـﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ"‪.‬‬ ‫" ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﻣﺎﺳـﺖ ﻓﺮﻳﻔﺘـﻪ ﻧﮕـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ"‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ـ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ـ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳـﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫" ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ"‪.‬‬ ‫" ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻫـﻮﺍ ﺑـﺴﻴﺠﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺳـﺮﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺖ ﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ـ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣـﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ـ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ" ‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫" ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ » ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ« ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻓـﺰﺍﺭ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ"‪.‬‬ ‫" ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫" ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ"‪.‬‬ ‫" ﻣﺮﮒ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ ﺁﺑـﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑﻔﻬـﻢ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ » ﺁﻣﻮﺯﮔﺎﺭﺍﻥ« ﭘﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﻨﮕﺎﻣﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻛﻮﺷـﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﭘ ‪‬ﻴﺶ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧـﺔ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻻﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ"‪ .‬ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻢ ‪ " :‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ؟!‪ ".‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪" :‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ " ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣـﺎ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺣـﺮﺍﻡ ) ﻧﺎﺳـﺰﺍ( ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﻧﭽﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺠﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﻨﮓ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ" ‪ " ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺖ" ‪ " ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﺎﻭﺿـﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ" ‪ " ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ"‪...‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺗﻮﻱ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻐﻠﻄﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﮔـﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﭙﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﭘﺲ ﻛﻮ ﭼﺮﺑﻴﺖ؟ " ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻝ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ )ﺟـﺰ ﺍﻧـﺪﻛﻲ( ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺶ ﺍﺯﺁ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻓﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻧﻮﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﻬﻮﻩ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻳﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻧﻜـﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺭﻋﻴﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺟﻤـﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ..‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟! ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﭘﺎﻻﻕ )ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻲ( ﺑﺎﻭ ﺑﺰﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻢ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ...‬ﭘﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺩ؟! ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺑﺴﺖ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻋﻘﻠﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟!‪ "...‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﺧـﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻳـﺐ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﺑـﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﻜـﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻬ ِﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﭽﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳـﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺠﻨﮕﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺠﻨﮕﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻔـﺘﻢ ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﮔﻨـﮓ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ) ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ( ﺑـﺴﺎﺯﻳﻢ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣـﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺪﺍﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﻢ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﺎﺯﺵ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺑﺮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻳـﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕـﻪ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﺗﺠﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻤـﺪﻥ« ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﺓ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺷـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳـﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﭘـﺸﺖ ﺳـﺮﺁﻥ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﻛﻬـﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﻭﺍﺭﮔﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﻧـﻮﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫» ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ« ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ) ﺑﮕﻔﺘـﺔ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﺠـﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻤـﺪﻥ ﺿـﺪﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ( ﻭﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘـﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻫﺮﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﺠﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﺍﺷﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺒﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ ﻃﻤﻊ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺬﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺪﺡ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ"‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻧـﮓ ﻧﻴﺮﻧـﮓ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳـﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﻏﻲ )ﺫﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ( ‪ ،‬ﻧﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮓ؟ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٣٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻳﻜﺸﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﻩ ﺗﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺁﺧﻮﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﻢ ) ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﺼﻠﺢ ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ( ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ" ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﺴﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ "..‬ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗـﺎﮔﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻠـﺴﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻧﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ » :‬ﻣﻦ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺤﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻛـﻲ ﺑـﺂﻥ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻣﻴﻜـﻨﻢ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﭘﻴـﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺧﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻼﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﻨـﺎﻱ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺗـﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ" ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ » ﺍﺻﻼﺡ« ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨـﺪﻥ ﺭﻳـﺸﺔ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﻞ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﺮﻛﺎﺏ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﭼﻴـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻴﻨﮕﺮﻳــﺪ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴــﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﻋﺮﻓــﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴــﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﻓﻠــﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧــﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻓــﺮﻭﻍ ﻣﺰﺩﻳــﺴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺧﺴﺮﻭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺷﻮﭘﻨﻬﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻣﻼ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔـﻀﻞ ﺍﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺸﻤﺮﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻲ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺁﺗﺶ ﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻓﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺮﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﭘﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﻑ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳـﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳـﺎ ﺟـﺰ ﺯﻳـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﭼﺴﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪٤٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺩﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ ﺩﻳـﺪ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺁﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﺯﻣﺎﻳﻴـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﻭﺟـﻪ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺧﺴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﭼﺴﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﻱ؟!‪ ..‬ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﻳـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻣﻼﺭﺟﺐ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻏﺰﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﭼﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﭺ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻲ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽـﺎﭖ ﻣﻴﺮﺳـﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳـﻮﺩ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺑﭽـﺎﭖ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺠﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﻛـﻪ ﺟـﺰ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘـﻮﭼﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻢ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺷـﺪ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ـ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻜﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﺦ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺨﺮﺍﺵ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻧﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻣـﺪﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳـﺘﺔ ﺍﻧﺒـﻮﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣـﺎ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳـﺪ؟!‪ "..‬ﻳـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ" ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻭﻟﺘـﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗـﺮﻥ ﻫﻔـﺪﻫﻢ ﻭ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﻚ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﻮﺭﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻭﻟﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻨﻮﺑـﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺟـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﻴـﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭﺳـﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﻮﺳﻴﻮﻟﻮﮊ ِ‬

‫‪٤١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻓﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺁﻣـﺪﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠـﺎ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺨﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨـﺪ ﺷـﺎﻫﺮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﮔﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﺩﻳﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺻـﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪. ١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﻮﺧـﺖ‬ ‫» ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ« ﻫﺴﺖ ـ » ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻲ« ﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳـﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫» ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ« ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻭﻟﺘـﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺂﻧﻬـﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣـﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺪﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺪﻳـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﻛﺠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻴـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻛـﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺭﻫﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔـﻮﻫﺮﺵ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻧـﺴﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧـﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻢ"‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ، ۱۹۴۰‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺒﺎﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻳﻎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ۱۹۳۲‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۹۳۴‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﮔﺬﺷﺘﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺮ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻣﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ؟!‪ " .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻦ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳـﺒﻚ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻳـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ؟!‪ «.‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﭙﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻢ ﮔـﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﮕـﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﺣـﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﻧـﻪ ﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﺑﭙﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺭﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻮﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺗـﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺮﻭ ِﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻴﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﮔﻨـﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺟـﻮ ﻭ ﺷـﻜﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻬـﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺨﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﻭ ِﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺸﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨـﻴﻢ؟! ﭼـﺸﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﻮﻳﻴﻢ ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷـﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻄـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻴﻬﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷـﺶ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺸﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻤﺮﺩﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴـﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻬـﻴﭻ ﺟـﺎ ﻧﺮﺳـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺭﺷﻚ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻻ ﻣﺎ‬

‫‪٤٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻢ! " ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻔﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺳـﺮﻱ ﺗﻜـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﺶ ﺁﻧﺒـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺑﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮ ﺗﻴـﺮﻩ ﺑﺰﻳـﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻓﺮﻳـﺐ ﻳﻜﻤـﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻓﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﻛﻮﺩﻛـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬـﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﻤـﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ـ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ ﻧﺮﺳـﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﮔﻴـﺮ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﻧـﺞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﭼـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼـﺸﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴـﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺷـﻚ ﻭ ﺧـﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﻫـﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺷﻚ ﭘﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺷـﻚ ﻭ ﭘـﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺍﻳـﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺘﻦ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺂﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻴﺪﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻣﺶ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪﻧﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻧﻬﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﻼﻥ ﭘﺮﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺨـﻮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻠـﻮ ﻫﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻧﻮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﭽﻴﺰ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺶ )ﻛﻴﺶ ﭘـﺪﺭﻱ(‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻳﻤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻤﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﻨﮕﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻓﺘـﺎﺭﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻛﻮﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ‬

‫‪٤٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺓ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳـﺨﻨﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺁﺷـﻨﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺳـﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜـﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﭼـﻪ ﺭﺳـﻮﺍﻳﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﺍﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻏﻮﻏﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺮﺳﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻋﻠـﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺳﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻛـﺸﻒ ﺷـﺪﻩ؟!‪"..‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ..‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺪﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ِ .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛـﺸﺶ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧـﻴﻢ ﺑـﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷـﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ » ﺟـﻦ ﺯﺩﮔـﻲ« ﺑـﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﻣـﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻤـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﮕـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﻭﭘﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ"‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻮﺳـﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻨﻜﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ » .‬ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ« ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٤٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﻴـﺪﻥ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺑﮕـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻳـﻚ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔـﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﻣـﺎ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴﻨـﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ "..‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻀﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﭽﻮﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﻧﺨﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻴﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻲ ﺍﻓـﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﺖ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﮕﻴـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺻـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻛﺪﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ ﻧـﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻳـﻢ‬ ‫ـ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻻﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺳـﻨﮓ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﭙﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺳـﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ" ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﻮﺱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ » ﺧﺮﺩ« ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ » ﺩﺍﻧﺶ«‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ ﺑـﺎ ﻋﻘـﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ" ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪" :‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ]؟["‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﻛﻨـﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ " ﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻨـﺎﻱ ﺟـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻤﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﮕﻤـﺎﻥ ﻧﮕـﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ"‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ » ﻣﺼﻠﺤﻴﻦ« ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺟﻨﺒﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ ‪ ١‬ﻫﺎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ"‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺘـﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳـﺪ ﻧﮕـﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ـ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧـﺪﻩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘـﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﮊﺩﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ـ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻓﻼﻃﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﻄﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﺻـﺪﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﻮﻋﻠﻲ ﺳـﻴﻨﺎ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺍﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ » ﺣﺠﺖ« ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺨﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻳﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻳﺶ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﺠﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺟـﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﻲ ﻛﻬـﻦ ﭼـﻪ ﺭﻳـﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﺮﻕ ﺩﻭﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍ ﭘﺎ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺸﺶ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺠﻒ ﻭ ﻗﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﻴﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼـﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ؟‪ ..‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑـﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮﻱ )ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ( ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧـﻪ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﭘـﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻫـﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﹶﻧﻴﺎﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ = ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٤٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﺎﻧﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ"‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪" :‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺖ ‪ "...‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ"‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﮕـﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﮕﺮﮒ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟـﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛـﺮﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﺳـﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﺁﻓـﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻭ ﭼﮕـﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ )ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ( ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﺠـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻧـﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺭﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ :‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﺔ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﻨـﺪ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺖ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺯﻳﻨـﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﺷﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭘﻲ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﺷﺖ ﺟـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺓ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﭙﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺷـﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻜﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺭﺧﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫـﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﺵ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﻢ ‪ " :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺳـﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ" ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻦ ﺟﺰ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺻﺪ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪ؟!‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻡ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻣﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺠـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺮﺩﻣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺘﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷـﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﻛـﻮﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﭼـﺸﻤﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﮕـﺎﻡ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺁﻣـﺪﻳﻢ ﺩﺷـﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﺁﺳـﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺵ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴـﺸﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺪﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺑﺂﻧﻬـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕـﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳـﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘـﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣـﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻫـﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺧـﺸﻴﺠﻬﺎ ) ﻋﻨﺎﺻـﺮ( ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺳﺮﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻦ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﻜـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﮕﻴـﺮﻳﻢ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﻮﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﭽﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻧﮕـﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣـﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺩﺭﭘـﻲ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﺎ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﺳـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ـ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ ـ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻳﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬ـ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻙ = ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٤٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﻚ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ )ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﻴﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺨﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺧﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﭼﺎﻝ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﮕـﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠـﺎ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪﺓ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺷـﻜﻮﻫﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ » ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ« ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ » ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ« ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻥ ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺞ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛـﻨﺞ ﺧﺎﻧـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻧﺸـﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺑـﺲ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺵ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺞ ‪ ٢‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻨـﻲ ﺑﭙﺮﺳـﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﭼـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺠﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ـ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬـﺎ ﺳـﺎﻝ ـ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﺧـﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺳـﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺳـﺮ ﺑـﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﻛﺎﭼﺎﻝ = ﺍﺛﺎﺙ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺞ = ﺿﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣـﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻛﻴﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﺳـﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﻛﺮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﻨﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴـﺪ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﮔـﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺠـﻒ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻫـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴـﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﮕﻔﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺻـﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻻﺑﺮﺍﺗﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣـﺎﻳﺶ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺑﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺟﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷـﮕﻔﺘﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻨﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺁ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﭙﺎﺳﺦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻴــﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳــﺮﺍ ﻣﻘــﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟــﻦ ﻫﻤــﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺑﻬــﺎ ﺑــﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺒــﺎﺭ ﻣــﺎ ﻫــﻢ ﻫﻤﻴــﺸﻪ ﻣﻴﻜــﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺟــﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ "...‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳـﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﮔـﻮﻳﻲ ﺗـﺎ ﺳـﺒﻜﻤﻐﺰﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﻧـﺪﻫﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺟﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﺟﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻱ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻱ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺏ ﺳﺨﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺯﻧﻲ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﻮﻧﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ]ﺓ[ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ "...‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﺠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﻤـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺧﺪﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻲ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻭﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻢ ﺑﺎﺑﺮﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪۱۳۱۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۳۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۵۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۸۷‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ـ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻼﺵ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ـ ﻣﺎﻫﻨﺎﻣﺔ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ـ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ـ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ـ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺳﺖ‪ .‬ـ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺞ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ـ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ـ‪٤‬ـ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺟـﺰ ﻣـﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﺯﻭﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻣـﺎ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﮕﺮﮒ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻤﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺴـﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﺧـﺸﻴﺠﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ ١ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺟﻬـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻲ ﺗـﻦ ﻭ ﮔـﺮﺩﺵ ﺧـﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬـﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻤﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺸﺪﺓ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ّﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷـﻴﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺞ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﮊﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﺕ ﺁﻣﻮﻧﻴﺎﻙ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﺁﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﺮ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﺭﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﺮ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻙ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺮﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﺩ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺭﺳﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻜـﻲ ﻳـﻚ » ﻓﺮﻣـﻮﻝ« ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳـﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺧـﺸﻴﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛـﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺞ = ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺿﺪ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺩﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨـﺘﻦ ﺳـﻠﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﻨـﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﻨـﻪ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻳـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺟـﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳـﺰﺵ ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗـﺎﺑﺶ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻣﻴﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻜﻤﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻳـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺨﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ) ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺴﺖ( ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫـﻢ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﮕـﺰﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻜﻮﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ ﺑـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﮊﺭﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﻣـﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺭﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﻭ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺷـﻜﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺩﻣﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺳﻮ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺯﻭﺭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﺷـﺮﺍ ﻧﮕﺮﻓـﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﺷـﺮﺍ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺎﻳـﺴﺘﺎﺩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺭﻭﺷـﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻴﺘﭽﻪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﺧﻨﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺯﻭﺭﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻬﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗـﺎﺏ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺟـﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺑﻬﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕـﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻨـﺮﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﺶ ﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻫﺒـﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺂﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺑـﺴﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻲ ﺩﻟﺴﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻛﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﮔـﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎﻱ ﺯﺷـﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺩﮊﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﺳـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﮔﻮﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻫﻤـﺮﺍﻩ ﺗـﻮﭖ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻨـﮓ ﻭ ﺗﻠﮕـﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻴـﺴﻴﻢ ﺁﻣـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻣﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺷـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻣﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘـﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺟـﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ) ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ(‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﻫـﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﻤـﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ » :‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ » ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻙ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺳﺖ « ﻭ » ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺯﻳـﺮﻙ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘـﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ« ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣـﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺑﭽـﺎﭖ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻧـﮓ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻨﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﺪﻱ ‪ » :‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻴﺘﺮﺳﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ« ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ » ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ ﺑـﺪ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑـﺴﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻣـﺎﻏﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺮﺑﻴـﺖ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻴــﺴﺖ« ﻭ ﻳــﺎ » ﺑﻌﻘﻴــﺪﺓ ﻓﻼﺳــﻔﻪ ﺷــﺮﻡ ﻳﻜــﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬــﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ ﻭ ﻣــﺎﻧﻊ ﺑــﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳــﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫــﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎﺳﺖ«‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ » ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻳﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ ﺑـﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﭘﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺑـﺎ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ﭘﻴـﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺧـﺸﻤﻨﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﻛـﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫـﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺂﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺟﺶ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷـﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﻣﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﮕﻔﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻛـﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠـﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻤـﺴﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﭙﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭼﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬

‫‪٥٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷـﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺁﻣـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓـﺖ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﻣـﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻼﻣـﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼـﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺳـﺎﻝ ]ﭘـﻴﺶ[‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﻮﻧﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻛﻨﮕﺮﺓ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴـﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﮕﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮊﺍﭘﻦ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﮕﺮﻩ ﺁﮔـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺳﺎﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻮﺩﻛﺲ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﺴﺘﺎﻥ ـ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ـ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻓـﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﭽﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻏﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﭽﻪ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔـﺖ ﻧﺘـﺮﺱ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﭙﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻣـﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﮔﻮﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻳـﺰﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬـﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺸﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺍﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻭﺭﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺷـﮕﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﭼﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻓﻼﻣﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ » ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮒ« ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻔﺎﺭﺳـﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤـﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻣﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﺔ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻧﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺰﻭ ِﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺑﻬﻤـﺎﻥ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﮔـﺮﺩﺵ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻣـﺎﻡ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺤﻖ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻭﺭﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺧﻨﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺟﻴـﺐ ﻭ ﻛﻴـﺴﺔ ﺩﻳﻨـﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺓ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻥ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑﻤﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺟﻬـﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻤﻨﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﭽﺸﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﺶ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻫﺸﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺷﺪﻟﻲ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﺸﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺑـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑـﺮ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺷـﻴﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻚ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﻮﺯﺩ‬ ‫ـ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪﺓ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳـﺎﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﭽﺸﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻓـﺮﻭ ﻫـﺸﺘﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺤﻖ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑـﺎﻏﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺎﺭﺵ ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻴـﺪﻥ ﻛـﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻴـﺸﺪﻩ ‪ ) ،‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﭽﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺂﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﮔﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪،‬‬ ‫» ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ« ‪ » ،‬ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺯﻳﻨـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﺩﻭ ﮔـﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ـ ﭼﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭ ــ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼـﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺟﻨﺒـﺸﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫)ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﮔـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻨﮕﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﭘﺲ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼـﻪ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺑﻜﺠـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ـ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺲ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻳﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻬﺮﻣﺎﻩ ‪ ١٣١٥‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﭘﻴﭻ ﻗﺎﻓﻼﻧﻜﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻢ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻢ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﺮﻡ ﺷﺒﻲ ﺑﺂﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺷﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ » ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ« ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺷـﻨﺘﺮ ﻭ ﮔـﺸﺎﺩﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ »:‬ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟﻨﺒـﺸﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ« ‪ ٢‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳـﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﻨﺠﻴﺪ ﻫﺮﻳﻜـﻲ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻮﺩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺧـﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴـﺪﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻥ ﻭ ﮔـﺮﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﺟﻔـﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺳﮕﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻻﺷﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺧـﺸﻤﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﺯ ﻭ ﺧـﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ » ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ«‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﺣﺴﻦ ﮔﺮﻣﺮﻭﺩﻱ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺍﺯ » ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ« ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ » ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ « ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ » ﺗﻜ ّﺒﺮ« ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﻭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﭼـﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎ » ﺧﻮﺩﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ«‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻴـﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻴﺎﺑـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕـﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﻧـﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺶ ﺑﺎﻭ ﻣﻴﺴﻮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺮﺳـﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﺠﺎﺳﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑـﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻧـﺞ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﭼﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ـ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺶ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴـﺴﻮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻧـﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺪﺳـﺘﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺪﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﺩﻟﺶ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻲ ـ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺑﺂﻧﻬـﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﺳـﺪ ﺑﺨـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻴﭙـﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﻧﻤﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻠـﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﺎﺁﮔـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯ ﻭ ﺭﺷﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺒﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﻤﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷـﻨﺘﺮ ﮔـﻮﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﺪﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﻔﻬﻤﺪ )ﻓﻬﻢ( ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﭽﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ ) ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ( ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ ﺑـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ‪) .‬ﺧﺮﺩ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ » :‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﻮﻧـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ، «...‬ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻓﻬﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪٥٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻏـﺶ ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﺓ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ » ﺧﺮﺩ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺩﺍﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ » ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ« ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﮕﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ » ﺧﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻦ« ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ » ﺧﺮﺩ« ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺑﻤﻤﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻧﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻧﺶ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺧـﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭙﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺟـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻧﻬـﺎﺩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﻣﻴـﺂﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻳـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴـﺪﻫﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳ ِﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺂﺳـﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤‬ـ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ـ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺧﻴﻤﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎ ِﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫‪٥‬ـ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻟـﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦‬ـ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗـﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﻭ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﮔـﻮﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺗﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٧‬ـ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ » ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺞ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ« ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫» ﺩﻣﺎﻍ« ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﺮﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻨـﺒﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻥ« ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ » ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﻮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻦ ﻭ ﺟـﺎﻥ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮ ِﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﻭﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺑـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﻭﺭﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﮕـﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ » .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ« ﺑﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧـﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣـﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨـﺪﻱ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﺴﺘﻮﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ١‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺘﭽﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﻨﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺵ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺂﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻳـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺗـﺎ ﺑﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻏﻤﺨـﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻟـﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺴﻮﺯﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑـﺂﻥ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻧـﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻝ ﺳـﻮﺧﺘﻲ ﺑـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭼـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣـﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﻓﻬﻤـﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﻢ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﺘﻮﻳﺪﻥ = ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ .‬ﺧﺴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺴﺘﻮ‪‬ﻧﺪﻩ = ﻣ‪‬ﻘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻑ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﹶ‬ ‫‪٦١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺩﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺂﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻬﺎﺑﺎﺩ )ﺳﺎﻭﺟﺒﻼﻍ( ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜـﺸﻨﺪ ﮔـﺎﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻢ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺐ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﮓ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﮔﺎﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔـﻢ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻳﺨـﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻦ ﺳـﻮﺩﻱ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧـﻪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺨﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧـﻮﺯﺍﺩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ ﺑﮕـﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺨﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻳﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧـﮋﺍﺩ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺑﭽـﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻳﻨـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﭙﺮﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﭽﺔ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﻟﺒـﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﺑـﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﭽﻪ ﮔﺮﺑـﺔ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺂﺯﺍﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮔﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﻣـﺮﻍ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺟـﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘـﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻟـﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﻤﺨﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﺮ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ‪‬ﺩﮊﺧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﭽﮕﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻬـﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﻣﻬﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﭽﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺩﻟـﺴﻮﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﮕﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺑﭽﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺯﺍﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺮﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﺩﺓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻧﺠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ )ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔـﺲ ( ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜـﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﺗـﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ )ﺗﺮﻗـﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ( ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺪﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺁﺧـﺸﻴﺞ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ » ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ« ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬

‫‪٦٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺍﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﮕـﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧـﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﻮﻫﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺻـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﻟﺴﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺨﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳـﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺨﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٣٣٦‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺲ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ) ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺩﺭﺑﺨﺶ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ(‬ ‫ﺳ ِﺪ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﭽﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﭘﺪﺭﻱ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﻜﺸﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﻫـﻢ ﺯﻧـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻳـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ ":‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠـﻮ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺷـﺘﻢ ﺩﺧﺘـﺮ ﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻧـﮓ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺸﺐ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ".‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺧﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻠـﻮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬـﻢ ﻫـﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻼﺳﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‪ "..‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﭽـﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺎﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﻤﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺳﭙﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺎﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳـﺮ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳـﻨﺠﺔ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﭼﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬـﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ "...‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﭼﺎﺭﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻨﺠﺶ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬

‫‪٦٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﭼﺎﺭﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻨﺠﺔ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺲ ﻭ ﻫـﺮ ﺳـﻨﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺠﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺪ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧـﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﺑـﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ‪" :‬ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻼﺳﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳـﺪ؟!‪ "..‬ﺑﻴﺨـﺮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ » ﻣﻄﺎﻟـﺐ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻼﺳﻔﻪ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺴﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺗﻜـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﹸـﻪ ﺩﻫﻴـﻚ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑﻴـﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺧﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ » ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ« ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻟﺐ ﻧﮕﺸﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﻚ » ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍ« ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫» ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳـﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻧـﺪﻭﻩ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪۱۳۱۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۳۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۵۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۸۷‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺷﺖ ﺩﻭﮔﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ـ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ـ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻧﺴﺖ ـ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ـ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ـ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ـ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ـ‪٥‬ـ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﭼﻴـﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟‪ ..‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﺵ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﻧﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﺓ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻬـﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻫﺮﻛـﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺨﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻳﻔﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻏﻠﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻟﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳـﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳـﺘﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻔﺮﻭﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺐ ﺳﺮﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻮﺭ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺗـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫـﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻫﻴﺨﺖ )ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ( ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ١‬ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻥ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﺮ ﻧﻬـﺎﺩ ﺟـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻛﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫـﺮﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺮ ﻭ ﺟـﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻫﻴﺨﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﻫﻴﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺟـﺰ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﻔﻬﻤﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺪﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ » ﻓﺮﻫﻴﺨﺖ« ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻛﺘﻚ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﺯﺑﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺶ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫ ِ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺷﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﺷﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ؟! ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺭﺷـﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻧـﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔـﺎﻭ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻲ ﻣـﺼﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻫـﺮﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﺎﻋﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺰﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻧـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬـﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ‬ ‫ﺞ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺸﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ » ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ« ﻫﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﭘـﺴﺘﻲ ﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨـﺪ ﺗـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﭺ ـ ﻣﻐﺰ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠـﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﭽﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻔﻬـﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﺵ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺰ ﮔﻴﺞ ﺳـﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﭙﺸﺘﮕﺮﻣﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻲ ﺳﺮﻭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ » ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ« ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎﻱ ﭘـﺴﺖ ﺟـﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺠﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﻴﻜـﻲ ﻛﻮﺷـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻦ = ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ١‬ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﻧـﮋﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﻢ ﺟـﺪﺍ ﺯﻳﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺭﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﻧـﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻤﭽﺸﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻳﻴـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻳـﺸﻲ ﺑﺠﻨـﮓ ) ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻬـﺎﺩ ﺟـﺎﻧﻲ( ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﻳـﺸﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﺞ ﻓﻬﻤـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻜـﺴﺎﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪‬ﭘﺮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﭽﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﻨﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﮓ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳـﺘﻦ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺞ ‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻨﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺰﺷـﻬﺎﻱ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻧﻴﻜﻤﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻮﭘﻨﻬﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﺠﻨﺒـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ٣ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘـﺴﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻥ = ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺑﺴﻴﺠﻴﺪﻥ = ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﭘﻨﻬﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺷـﺎﻥ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻨـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺰﺍﺩ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻧـﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻴﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻮﺳﺮﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩ ِﺭ ﻫﻤﭽـﺸﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﺴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺂﻳﻨﺪ ـ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﻠـﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺪﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻧﻬﺎﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﺔ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ‪" :‬ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺰﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ" ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻧﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ" ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻡ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰﻳـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻴـﺴﻪ ﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺎﺯﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﺮﻳـﺰ ﺑﺎﺯﮔـﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺭﻧﺞ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻜـﺸﺪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺰﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺑﮕﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺸﻬﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﺵ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺩﻟـﺴﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻛﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﻧﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘـﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻴﺂﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺪﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻬﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺞ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻡ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻠﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺠـﺪﻩ ﺳـﺎﻟﻪ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﭘـﺪﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻧﮕـﺎﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺑـﻮﺩﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺪﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ :‬ﭘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻤﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺮﺣـﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺪﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﭘـﺪﺭﺍﻧﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺑﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰﻳـﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ؟! " ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺒﺪﻛﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﻧﮓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺯﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻼﻫﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺑﻨـﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺯﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﺷﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ )ﺟـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺑـﺲ ﺍﻧـﺪﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ( ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﺷـﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﺒﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﭙﻴﺮﺍﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺭﺍﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺒﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻔﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺞ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻧـ ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻠـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﮕـﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﻧـﺞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﮒ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻧـﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺧـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻧـﺞ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺴﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕـﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺘﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺮﻧﺠﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻔﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﻛـﺴﻴﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭﺵ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ :‬ﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻬﻮﺳـﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳـﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺶ ﺭﻧﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻭﺭ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪٦٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧـﺸﻴﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﺧـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺁﺑـﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺳـﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻓﻜﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ) ﺁﺭﻱ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍ]ﻧﻤـﻮﺩ؟[ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﭼﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧـﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺠﻲ ﻫﻤﺒﺎﺯﻧﺪ ‪. ١‬‬ ‫» ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ« » ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺟﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﻛﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺬﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ« » ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﭙﺮ ﻣﮕﺴﻲ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻱ « ـ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺮﻫـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮔــﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨــﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣــﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺻــﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨــﺪ ﺍﻳــﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻨــﺎﺭﻩ ﺟــﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧــﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻘــﺎﻩ ﻧـﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﻓﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ :‬ﺑﻔـﻼﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﮔـﺎﻩ ﺭﻓـﺘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻔـﻼﻥ ﻛـﺸﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻳـﺴﺘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺻـﺪ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺪﻳﺴﻪ ﭘﺘﺮﻭﺱ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﻳـﺎ ﻣـﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺧﺎﻧـﻪ ﺩﺭﺷـﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻳﺶ ﻧﺘﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﭘﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺷـﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫» ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﮔﺮﺩﺩ« ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪" :‬ﭼﺮﺍ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺪﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻭﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭘﻴـﺎﭘﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﻛﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ !‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻫﻤﺒﺎﺯﻳﺪﻥ = ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺒﺎﺯ= ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻛﹶﺮﻓﻪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ( = ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻦ = ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺎ = ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﻔﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﻛﻲ ﻣﻴﺘـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟!‪".‬‬ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺎﺧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑـﺎﻭ ﺑﺎﻳـﺎ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ«‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺮﻓﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻛﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﺳﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻡ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻳـﻪ ﻧﻜﻨﻴـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺛﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﺷـﺎﻥ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻧـﺎﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺷـﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺛﻘـﻪ ﺍﻻﺳـﻼﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬـﺎ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺭﺟﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻢ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﻴﻜﺨـﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺧﺪﺍ » ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ « ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻳـﺸﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻛــﺸﺘﻪ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘــﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺳــﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴــﺎﻧﺠﻲ ﺷــﻴﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻــﺪ ﺩﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳــﺴﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺴﺮﻭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻮﮔﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺂﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﻚ ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻴـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺮﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺼﺪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﻳـﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻴـﺴﺘﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺴﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻴﺶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺸﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻚ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﻓـﺘﻦ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬـﺎ ‪‬ﻣﺜﹶـﻞ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺻـﺪ ﺧﺒـﺮ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻛﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ » :‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺧﺎﻛﺶ ﻧﺮﻭﻧﺪ؟!‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﺷﺘﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ » ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺑﻴﻄﺎﻟﺐ« ﻭ » ﺍﻣﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ« ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺑﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻠﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ ﺑﮕﻔﺘـﺔ ﺧﻮﺩﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫» ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﺲ« ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘـﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨـﺪﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯ ﻭ ﺧـﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺷـﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻨـﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﺶ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺟﻠـﻮ ﺧﻮﻳﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﺓ ﺟﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ـ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻥ ﻧـﺎﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ـ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﮔﺬﺭﻳﻢ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻳﺪ؟ ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻳـﻚ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫)ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ( ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ » ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ« ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﭙـﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﮕﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫـﻲ ﺻـﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻻﻑ » ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ« ﻭ » ﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ« ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻧﮕﺮﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ) ﺍﺯ ﭼﻠﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ( ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﺔ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻴـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬـﺎﻱ ﺷـﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ » ﻭﻟـﻲ« ﻭ ﻗﻄـﺐ« ﻭ‬ ‫» ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻝ« ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻐﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﺍﻳـﻞ ﺷﻤـﺸﻴﺮ ﺯﻥ ﺑـﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻏﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﺟﻨﮕﻬـﺎ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻜـﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﺳـﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳـﺴﺪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺩﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻮﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﮕﺪﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻴﺨـﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻣـﺎﻥ ﭘـﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧـﺪﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺠـﺎﻱ ﺩﻝ ﺳـﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺑـﺴﻮﺩﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﺸﺎﻩ ﺷـﻴﺦ ﻣﺠﺪﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺨﺸﻢ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺠﺪﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﺒﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻲ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑـﺮ ﻓـﺴﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻌﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺴﺎﺩ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﺸﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻣﺄﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﻡ ﻭ ﭘـﺸﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻧﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﺯﺭ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻨـﻚ ﺳـﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﻡ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺠﺪﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺯﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺗﻮ ﻭ‬

‫‪٧٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺮ ﺍﻫﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻇﻬـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺭﺯﻡ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﭽـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺷـﻴﺮﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﻨـﺎﻩ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭﺯﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺮﻗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺸﺎﺑﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﮊﺧﻮﻱ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ! ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﺍ !‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺒﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﻌﻠﻴﺸﺎﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺑـﺸﻴﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨـﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﻌﻠﻴﺸﺎﻩ ﺩﻛﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻋﻠﻴﺸﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﻴﻀﻌﻠﻴﺸﺎﻩ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺎﻝ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺛﻤﺮ ﻧﭽﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺷﺸﻤﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍ ﺧﺮﺍﻣﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷـﺶ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﺖ ﮔﺪﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺪﺭ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻬﺮ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﺪ!‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﻟﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﻧﺨـﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﮊﺧﻴﻤـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭙﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻫﻼﻛﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﮕﻨﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳـﭙﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﻨـﺎﻩ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺗـﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻛﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺱ ﭘﺴﺮﺵ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﭽﮕـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻳﺮﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﭘـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺨـﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻛﺠـﺎ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﮔﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﻟﺸﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﺶ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺳﻔﺮﻩ ﺍﺵ ﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﮊﺧﻮﻳﻴﺶ ﭘـﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﻧﺨﻮﺍﺭﻳﺶ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻜـﻮﻫﺶ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﻜـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎﻱ ﺻـﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﭽﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻻﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ » ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﺲ« ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ » ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻱ« ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﻟﻨﮓ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﺷﻪ ﮔﻮﺭﮔـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻤﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻮﺍﻧﮕﻪ ﻛﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻟﺘﺶ ﺯﺁﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻛﺪﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ » ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻱ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺻـﺪ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺗﻴﻤـﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﻧﺨـﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ » ﻣﻌﺪﻟﺖ« ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻠـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﺘﻲ ﻛـﺸﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ!‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻨﺸـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤـﻚ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻲ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ!‬

‫‪٧٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺮﺍﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﭼﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻬﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻻﻑ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﺯﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺰ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻤـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺗـﺎ ﭘﻴـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﺸﺎﻥ ـ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﻧـﺸﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫» ﺷﻴﺦ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻳﻜﺸﺐ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﺧﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺎﻧﻘﺎﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﺭﺳﺎﻥ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﭘﻴـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺳﺮ ﺻﻔﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺪ ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻘﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﺸﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺑﮕﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﭘﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑـﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﮔـﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﭼﺮﺍ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ« ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺗﻦ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﻜـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ﻳﻜـﺘﻦ ﻋـﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺰﺑﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ ﻧـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﺛﻮﺍﺏ« ﻳﺎ » ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ« ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲِ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﮕﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﻧﺞ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﻴﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﮕﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﭘـﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺷـﺎﻥ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﺮﺑﻼ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﻮﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧــﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﭼﻨﮕــﺎﻝ ﻣــﺮﮒ ﺩﻳــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻳﻴــﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﺷــﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼــﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔــﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻧــﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻨــﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮔﺸﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻫﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﮕﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ » ﻣﺮﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ« ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺒﺎﭼﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜـﺴﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﺓ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ » ﺑﺎﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﺎﻥ« ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ ‪ :‬ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴـﻎ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ » .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻳـﺪ ﺑﺒـﺎﻍ ﻣـﺎ ﺗﮕﺮﮔـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﮔﻠﺒﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﻲ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣـﺮﺩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳـﺎﻳﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﭼﻠـﻪ ﻧـﺸﻴﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺫﻛﺮﺧـﻮﺍﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻝ ﺁﺳـﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﭙـﺮﻭﺍ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻴﮕـﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﻮﻻﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻴﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺮﮔـﺰ ﻧﻤﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻜـﺸﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧـﺎﻣﺮﺩﻳﺶ ﺁﮔـﺎﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ» ﺟﻼﻟﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ« ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺎﭖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻋﻄﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺒﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺨﺘﻲ ﻛـﺸﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻴﺐ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﺍﺝ ﺭﻫﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺳﭙﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲِ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﮊﺧﻴﻤﻲ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳـﺪﻥ ﭘﻴـﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﮔـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﺟﻴﺲ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻝ ﮔﻨﺒﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ » ﻣﺄﻭﺍﻳﺶ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ!‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺰﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻢ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺭﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺧـﺸﻴﺞ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺳـﻮﻡ ﺧـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺭ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﻲ ﻧﺒﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻬـﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧـﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﭼﺴﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻔﻼﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﺷـﻮﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳـﺴﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﺎﻛـﺪﻳﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺠﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻠـﻮ ﺁﺯ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻏﻠﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﻴﺰﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻧﺘﺮﺳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﺷـﺮﻕ ﭘﺮﻳـﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﺎ ﻛﻨـﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﺁﻧﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻜﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺯﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪٧٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﻮﺷــﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑﺠــﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻳــﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﻜــﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻭﺳﻴــﺼﺪﺳﺎﻝ ﭘــﻴﺶ ﻭ ﺭﻓــﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻳــﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬــﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺸــﺴﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺧﺎﻧﻘﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ ﻣﻴـﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴـﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠـﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩﺷـﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳـﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﺍﺳـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺨﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﺔ ﺟـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻔـﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗـﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻓﺮﻧـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪﺓ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻫـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻧﻴـﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻲ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺧـﻮﻥ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬـﺮ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﮔـﻲ ﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍ » ﺯﻛﺎﺕ « ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﻳـﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻣﻴﻜـﺸﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻤﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼـﻚ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣـﻨﻢ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫» ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻱ« ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ » ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ« ﻣﻨﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻩ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺣﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺨـﺶ ‪ ١‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﺟﻠـﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻡ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ‪ ٢‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﭼ‪‬ﺨﻴﺪﻥ = ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺦ ﺷﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺪﺭﻭﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻳ ِ‬ ‫‪٧٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫" ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻳﻢ"‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻤـﺮﺩ ﺑـﺴﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺨﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺂﻧﺴﺨﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺪﻫـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺠـﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﺪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻡ‪ ) .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻢ ‪( :‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨـﻲ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﻧﻬـﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼـﻪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ"‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﭙـﺬﻳﺮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ـ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻩ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑـﺎﻭ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴـﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺳـﻴﺰﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ »" :‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ« ﻛﻪ ﺍﺩﻋـﺎﻱ ﻧﺒـﻮﺕ ﻧﻜـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻢ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻧﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﮔﻴـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧـﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺷـﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻴـﺮﻭﺩ ﺑـﺂﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺴﺖ" ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﺑـﺂﻭﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ " :‬ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﮕﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺴﺖ" ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺂﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺘـﻮ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ ﭘـﺸﺖ ﺳـﺮ ﺗﻴـﺮ ﺗﻠﮕـﺮﺍﻑ ﻫـﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻴﺪ ﻫﻮﭖ! " ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻨﺪﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻭﻛﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺕ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴـﺴﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ؟!‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﺍﻳـﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﻧﮕـﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﻝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺭﻭ ﺑﺎﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻛﻲ ﺩﻟﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﺸﻢ‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪۱۳۱۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۳۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۵۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۸۷‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﺖ ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ؟ ـ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ـ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ » ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ« ـ ﺷﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻴﺪ؟ ـ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ـ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ـ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ـ‪ ٦‬ـ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑ ﹶﺰﻧـﺪﻳﻢ‪ ١ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺁﺷـﻔﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﭽﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ) ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻛﻮﺍﻛﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ( ‪ ٢‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﮔـﺮﺩ ﺁﻣـﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ)ﻣﻮﺗﻤﺮ( ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺩﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺠﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻛﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻱ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺯﹶﻧﺪﻳﺪﻥ = ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ » ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻱ« ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﺒﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺗﻨﻴـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﺎﻟﻴﺪ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳـﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴـﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺠﻨﮕﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺠﻨﮕﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻭﺗﺎﺳـﺖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻭﺳﻴﺼﺪﻭﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﭽﻨﺪ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺸﺮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﻓﻬﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘـﻪ ﻣﻴﮕـﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﺎ ﺷـﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ) ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻦ(‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻟﮕﺮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺎﺧﻲ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕـﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﮕﺮﻣﻲ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳـﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼ ِﻡ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻼ ِﻡ ﺑﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺍﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻟﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳـ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺖ ﺷﻜﻦ ﭘﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﺪﺳـﺘﻲ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻳﻜﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﭽﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﺮﺍﻓﻜﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﺎﻟﻴﺪﻥ = ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٨١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺞ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﺩﺭﺧـﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﻮﻩ ﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻮﺓ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻮﺓ ﺗﻠﺦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺗـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ؟ ‪ ..‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻤﻴﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ؟‪..‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻳـﺴﺖ‪ » .‬ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ « ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺒﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺳـﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻴـﺴﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﭙﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺧﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﺧـﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﻮﺱ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﭽﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺂﻥ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﭘﺘﺮﻭﺱ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻜﺮﺑﻼ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻣﺮﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺎﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﻧﺪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺠﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ )ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ( ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﺶ ﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻫﺒـﻞ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻳـﺎﻧﺶ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳـﺎ ﺑﮕـﺮﺩﻥ ﻋـﻮﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‪ ..‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﺮﺯﻧﺪﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺷـﻴﻌﻲ ﺳـﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﺮﺍ؟ ‪ ...‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺳـﻨﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‪ ..‬ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮒ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻭﺳﻴﺼﺪﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺟﺎﻧـﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﷲ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ‪ «..‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﺎﻛﺶ ﺳـﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻨﺶ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻳﻜﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺵ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺮﺱ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔـﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻧﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺻـﺮﺍﻁ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺑﺎﻫﻤﺠﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻲ؟‪ ..‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻲ؟‪ ..‬ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻱ؟‪ ..‬ﺁﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺧﻮﺩﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻧﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻱ؟‪ ..‬ﭘﻮﻝ ﭼـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺧﺘﻲ؟‪ ..‬ﺩﺯﺩﻱ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻱ؟‪ «..‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺻـﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨـﺮﺍ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺧـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧـﺪﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ؟‪ ..‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺨﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﻧﺠﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﺮﺍ؟‪ ، ..‬ﭼـﻪ ﺯﻳـﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺂﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺶ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺑﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻜﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﺁﻥ » ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻴـﺎﻥ« ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻫـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺟﺰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺟﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔـﺰ ﻧﺘـﻮﺍﻥ ﻧـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﻤـﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻴﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜـﺮﺩﻩ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧـﻮ ِﺩ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻏﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻏﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻏﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻏﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻏﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﻢ ﺟﺪﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻏﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻏﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﻛـﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺨﺴ ﹸﺘﻮﻧﺪ ]ﺍﻋﺘـﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ[ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺴﺘﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﺑﭙﺮﺳـﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺳـﻮﺩ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ؟!‪ « .‬ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﭘﺴﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳـﺖ« ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﭘﺴﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻴﺶ ﭘﺎ ﻣﻴﻔﺸﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﺵ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧـﺔ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻴـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ ﺷـﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺑـﺖ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺪﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫‪١‬ـ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﺮﺑﻼﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺯﻭﺭﻛﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﭼﺎﻕ » ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ« ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﻧﺠﻒ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺯﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﺰﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻤـﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺳﭙﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺠﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻨـﮓ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧـﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧـﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻧـﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺘـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻭﺭﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻤﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻭ ) ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ( ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ ﻛـﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛـﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ـ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭ ﻛـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ! ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟! ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ؟! ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﻳﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ! ‪ ..‬ﺩﺭﻳﻐﺎ ﺻﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﻐﺎ !‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻣﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺴﻮﻱ ﻧﻴﻜـﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗـﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪ ﺳـﺮﺑﺎﺯﮔﻴﺮﻱِ ﻫﻤﮕـﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﺍﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻼﻩ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺴﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﭙـﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﻤﺮﻳـﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘـﻪ ‪ » :‬ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﻱ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧـﺎﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪.‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧـﺞ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﭙﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﺗﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻋـﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭﻣـﺼﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻳﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤـﺎﻥ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻧـﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ ﺷـﺮﻕ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺷـﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭘﺎﺑﻨﺪﺷﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﻤـﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻨـﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳـﺨﻨﻲ ﮔـﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣـﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﭘـﺴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻭﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﭼﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﮔـﺎﻥ ﭼـﻪ ﺭﻓﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ؟ ‪..‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻤﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧـﺰﺩ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ« ‪ ١‬ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺟﺒﻌﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻏﻪ ‪ ٢‬ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ « ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﺮﺩﻱ ‪ ٣‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻤﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﺐ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﺒﺎﺷﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﻧﻤﺎﺯﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻴﻔـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﺮﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺛﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻑ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﻫـﺮ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟! ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴﻮﺳـﻴﺪ؟!‪ ٥ ..‬ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ » :‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ » ﻧﻴﻜﻲ« ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ«‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ )ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ( ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺸﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻤﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻑ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﺮﺩﻱ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ؟! ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴـﺪﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧـﺎﺩﺍﻥ! ﺻـﻤﺪﺧﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗـﻮﺩﺓ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﮕﻨﺎﻩ ﻏﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﮕﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ » ﺍﻧﺎ ﻻﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻻ ﺧﻴﺮﹰﺍ«‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻛﺴﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻏﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﺷﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ـ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺵ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ـ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻣﺴﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥‬ـ ﺑﻴﻮﺳﻴﺪﻥ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ( = ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﻪ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ! ﭼـﻪ ﺯﺷـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳـﻼﻣﻴﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻳﺐ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ!‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﻱ ﮔـﺮﺩ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﻴﺶ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺩﺍﺷـﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳـﺸﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻳﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﭽﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﻨـﺪﺍﺭ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ » ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺷـﺐ « ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑـﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻧـﺴﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﻤﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧـﺎﻙ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻫـﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ ﺑـﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭼﺴﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻦ ﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟! ‪ ..‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻥ ﻋـﺮﺏ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛﺠـﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺨﺎﻙ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﻜﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺳـﺮﺵ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ـ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪) ..‬ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻚ ﻛﺘـﺎﺑﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻜﺠﺎﺳﺖ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﻧﺪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﮕﻔﺘـﻪ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﺑﺎﺷـﻴﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻧﮕﻔﺘـﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻔـﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻤﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﺑﻴﻤـﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﹾﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﻳﺪ؟!‪ «.‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﻭ ﺑـﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻜـﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺴﺎﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﻼ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧﻤـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﺲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺞ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺠﻒ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﻧﺪﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ـ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳـﺖ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﭘﺮﺳـﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻴﻬﻦ ﺩﻭﺳـﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ ﺳـﺨﺖ ﺭﻧﺠـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺪ ﮔﻮﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﻓـﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﺯﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺌﺎﺗﺮ ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺩﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ـ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﭘﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫـﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺗﻬـﺬﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ« ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻨﻮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ـ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﻣﺤﻔـﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴـﻎ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻓـﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮ ﭘﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ ـ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﻙ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔـﺖ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺑـﺪ ﺍﺳـﺖ؟!‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺩﺯﺩﻱ ﺑﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟! ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻧﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷـﮕﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻣﻐﺰ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ؟!‪ «.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﻳـﻚ ﺳـﺨﻨﻲ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳـﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪ «..‬ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻲ ﻫـﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫» ﻣﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﻴﻚ؟!‪ ..‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪ «.‬ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫» ﻣﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ؟!‪ «..‬ﻣـﺴﻴﺤﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ! ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻴﺶ ﭘﻮﭺ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﺩ!‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴـﻚ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﺳـﻨﻲ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﻮﻧـﺪ ﺷـﻴﻌﻲ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻴﺦ ﺻـﻮﻓﻲ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺸﻮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻲ؟!‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺟﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۱‬ـ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻙ«‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻼ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻴﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺎﹾﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺯﺩ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ« ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ » ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ« ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮ ِﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪﺓ ﺷـﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺳﺘﺒﺮ ﺭﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒـﺮ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻔﺘــﻪ ﻧﻴــﻚ ﺑﺎﺷــﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕــﺮ ﭼــﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴــﺪ؟!‪ «.‬ﺍﻳﻨــﺎﻥ ﺑــﺎ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻧــﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﭼــﻪ ﺑــﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﮔــﺮ ﺧــﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧــﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪﻱ؟!‪.‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪﻱ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻋﺮﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪﻱ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨـﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺴﺨﻦ ﻛـﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺳـﺘﻪ ﮔـﻮﺵ ﺩﻫـﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺷـﻴﻌﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ ﺳـﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻱ؟!‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﺪ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﺴﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻨﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﭙﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺪﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑـﺮﺍﻩ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺷﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧـﺪ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ«‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﺟـﺰ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺘـﺸﺮﻉ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨـﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺯﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺟـﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﺑﻼﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘــﺪ ﻭ ﻳــﻚ ﻧــﻴﻢ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﺑــﺎ ﮔﺮﻳــﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺳــﻴﻨﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﮕــﺬﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺟــﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫــﺪ ﺑــﻮﺩ ﻛــﻪ ﺩﺳــﺘﻪ ﻫــﺎﻱ‬ ‫» ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ« ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻋﺎﻱ» ﻧﺪﺑﻪ« ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻞ ﻣﻮﻻﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫـﺮ ﺷـﻬﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺶ ﺟﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ«‬ ‫‪٨٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ » ﺍﻧﺘﻈـﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ« ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺑـﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼـﺔ » ﺳﻴﺎﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻴﻨﻴﻪ« ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٣٢٧‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻤﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﮔﺸﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺿـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻣﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﻣﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺳﭙﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﺨﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺟـﺎ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪ » :‬ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻬﺎ!« ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺳـﺮ ﻓـﺮﺵ ﻣﻴﮕـﺴﺘﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻬـﺎ ﻫـﺮ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻤﻨﺒﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳـﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑـﺴﺮﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﻫﻔﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﻛﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴـﺸﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻫـﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺑﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ‪‬ﻫﻜﻤﺎﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺂﻧﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﺳﺘﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟‪ ..‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑـﺎ ﺳـﻪ ﭘـﺴﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﻼ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ) ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ( ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟! ﺣﺎﺟﻲ]ﻣﻼ[ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻋﻠﻲ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻭﭼﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟! ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﻼ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺟﻴﺴﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﺖ؟! ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﺧﺎﺑﻴﺴﺖ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﭙﻖ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻥِ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﺴﺎﻥ؟!‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳـﻲ ﺗـﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺳـﺮﻭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠـﻲ ﺍﺻـﻐﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧـﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻳﺪﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺤﺸﺮﺵ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﺮﻭﺳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺷـﻔﻖ )ﺳـﺮﺧﻲ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺧﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧـﺸﻢ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑﺠـﻮﺵ ﺁﻣـﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺂﺳـﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺷـﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ«‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ » ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺣﺴﻴﻨﻴﻪ« ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ » ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ« ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻲ » ﺑﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ« ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺘﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻳـﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﻧـﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﭙﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ » ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ« )ﺑﻴﻮﺳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ( ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺸﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﺗﺒﺮﻳـﺰ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ » ﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﻧﺪﺑﻪ« ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳـﺮ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﺯﻭﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺯﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳـﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭ ﻛـﻮﻓﺘﻦ ﻫـﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﻧـﺸﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﺷﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻜﺮﺑﻼ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﻢ ﺁ‪‬ﻳﻔﺖ )ﺣﺎﺟـﺖ( ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭽﻴﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔـﺸﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﮕﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺳـﺒﺰﻳﻔﺮﻭﺵ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺸﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺑﭽـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺳﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺟـﺰ ﮔـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﭼـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﺎﻝ ﮔﺪﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺘﻜـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﭘﺪﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺮﺑﻼ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ » ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ«‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧـﺪ ‪ «...‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺯﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ‪ » :‬ﭼـﺮﺍ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧـﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧـﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ! « ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺟﻨـﺒﺶ ﻣـﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﺶ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨـﺪ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺴﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ‬

‫‪٩١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻧﻖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩ ﺳـﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻓـﺮﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﺩﻟـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫» ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺷﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ«‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺸﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ؟! ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠـﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻـﻞ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻛﺠـﺎ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻫـﺮ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺧﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻘﭽﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻬـﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪) ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ( ﺷـﻤﺎ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺻﻠﺶ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬـﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﭘـﺲ ﭼـﻪ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺂﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﮔـﻮﻫﺮ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ » ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﻔـﻮﻅ«‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺁﺗـﺶ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﻮﺯﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺷﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻭﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﺪ ‪ ":‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ؟!‪ ، "..‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﻬـﺮﺓ ﺍﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﮔﻔـﺘﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﺮﺍﺩﺭﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﭙﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ« ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﺧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﭘـﺎﻛﻴﺰﻩ ﭘﻮﺷـﻴﺪﻩ ﺧـﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭘـﺎﻛﻴﺰﮔﻲ ﺭﺧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻼ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺣﺴﻨﻌﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺧﺘﻬﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ«‪ .‬ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣـﺴﻨﻌﻠﻲ ﺑـﺸﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ؟!‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﺴﺎﻝ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ« ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑـﺴﺨﻦ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻳـﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﻮﺱ ﺧﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﭘﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ » ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ« ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻓﺖ ـ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺂﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺑﻬﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﺴﺨﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﭘـﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﻱ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺳـﺎﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﺔ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪﺓ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻬﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﭙﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼـﺎﺭ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺳـﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ ﺑﻬﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺸﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻬﺎﻳﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﺍﻓﻜﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﻨـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺳـﺮﺍﻓﻜﻨﺪﻩ ﺗـﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﺧﻴﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺑـﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺮﺳـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ » ﻟﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤـﺪ« ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﻳﻜـﺴﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﺵ ﺩﺭﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺒﺎﺯﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺧـﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﺍﺱ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﺗـﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺰ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺠﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺒﻬﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‪ » ..‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻳﻢ« ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮﺟﺪ ﺟﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺷﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ‪ «...‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺁﺧﺮﺗﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ« ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺂﺧﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ«‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﭽﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫» ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻳﻢ ‪ «...‬ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﺣﻤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺖ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻼ ﺑﺎﻗﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﻭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻤﻲ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺖ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺎﺣﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻛﺠﺎ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑـﺖ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺒﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻋﻴﺴﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ » ﺍﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ« ﺧﻄﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﺑـﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ـ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺎﻛﻤﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﺭﺵ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻓﺘـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺪﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴـﺸﺮﻣﺎﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﺑﭽﻬـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻜﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ‪‬ﺑﻬ ِﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﻴـﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄـﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳـﺮﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤‬ـ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮ ِﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻤﺴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﺸﻤﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻛﻤﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍ ِﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ‬

‫‪٩٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻛﻤﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴـﺎﺭﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺴﺘﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﻛﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭽﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﺎﺯﮔﻲ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺿـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺷـﻤﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺘﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺨـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﺍﺷـﺖ ﺗـﺎ ﺻـﺪ ﺗﻮﻣـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﺎﻳﻘﻪ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ« ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻣﻲ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺮﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻗـﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻔﻼﺳﻔﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ! " ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﻦ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻡ ‪ " :‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻫـﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ " ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﻧـﻪ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ‪ " :‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻴﺪ" ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ‪ ،‬ــ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﺑﺠـﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﺪ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ" ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﮔﻨـﺎﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻗﺎﺟﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ؟‪..‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺧـﻮ ِﺭ ﺷـﮕﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪"..‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮﻱ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﭼﺸﺪ؟! ﭼﺮﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺗﻨـﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﺴﺖ ﺍﺯﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺶ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻱ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺘﻢ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺰﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫‪٩٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻔﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻼ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻧـﺎﺯﻝ ﺷـﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪‬ﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ"‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺰﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳـﺪﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺗﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﺸﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﺷﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻳـﺎ ﻛﻴﻨـﺔ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺧـﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺷـﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻭﻧﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳ ِﺰ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺷﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻛـﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﻫـﺮ ﺳـﺨﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﺐ ﻭ ﺷـﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺧـﻮﺏ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻡ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ؟! ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ! ﻣﮕـﺮ ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ) ﺍﺯ ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﺳﺖ( ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩﻳﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﺪﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻴـﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺳـﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻴﺪﻱ؟!‪ ..‬ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻫـﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻟـﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﻭ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻴـﺸﺮﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺩ!‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﻭﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺟـﺰ ﺭﺳـﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺷﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺻﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ «.‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘـﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺑﻬﺎﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﻴﺶ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﻱ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﻛﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻻﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺻﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻳـﺐ ﺩﻫﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟!‪ . .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺪﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻓﻬـﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﺴﺘﺎﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺻﻠﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ« ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ » ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ « ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ » ﻓﺮﻉ ﺩﻳﻦ« ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻉ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻛـﺎﻻﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ » ﺑﺪﻝ« ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻔﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﻛـﻪ » ﺍﺻـﻞ« ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻡ« ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ‪ » :‬ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺻﻠﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻋﺶ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﭘـﺲ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﺗـﺎ ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺍﺻـﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ » ﻓﺮﻉ« ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﻴﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺳـﺪ ﺁﺑـﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺷـﻴﺦ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ » ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﻳﻦ« ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﺑﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻳـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ـ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺲ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ» ﻣﺼﻠﺢ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺂﻣﺪ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺯﺍﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﻧـﻪ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧــﺎﻥ ﻧﻴــﺴﺖ ﮔــﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕــﺬﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬــﺎ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕــﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛــﻪ ﺍﻳﻨــﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺷــﺸﻬﺎ ﻳــﺎ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫــﺎﻱ‬ ‫» ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ« ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻭﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ‬

‫‪٩٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﺔ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺠﻒ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﻨـﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﭼـﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻴﻬﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ» ﺍﺻﻼﺡ« ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺷـﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ» ﺍﺻﻼﺡ« ﺩﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ » ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﮕﻮﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ« ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺫﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺷﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻴﺨﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﻭﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺸﻴﺮ ﻧﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﺮﺑﻼ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺭﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺸﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺨـﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﻮﮔﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺠﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻢ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺑـﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻬـﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻣـﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺩﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﻓﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻏﻮﻏﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻮﻏﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺎﺭ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺶ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺸﻤﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺳـﺮ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ" ﻭ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻱ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻃﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﮔﻮﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺠﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫» ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ« ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﻳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺁﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﺓ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ » ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺎﻥ« ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺸﺮﻉ ﭼﺨﺶ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٩٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻏﻮﻏﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻣـﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺳـﺮﻩ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﻃـﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻳـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑـﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻳﻢ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷـﻨﻲ ﺳـﺨﻦ ـ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ـ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺠﻴﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﻴﻢ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺪﻱ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻧﻴﺮﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺻـﻠﺶ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ«‪ .‬ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺑـﺂﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻓـﺮﻉ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻧـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﻮﺩ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺑـﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ » ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ« ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﺮﺳﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻙ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ؟! ﭼـﺮﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻨـﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺟـﺰ ﺩﺭﭘـﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﻭﺿـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ » ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ« ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ!‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺗـﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﭘﺎﻳـﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺯﺑـﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻴﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ؟‪ ..‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ ﮔﺰﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺨﺴﺘﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﮕﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻳـﺪ ؟‪ ..‬ﭼـﺸﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﺳـﺘﻲ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴـﺪ ؟‪ ..‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜـﻪ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟ ‪ ..‬ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ » ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻜﺸﻲ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ» ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺮﻱ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺮﺍﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺁﻣﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺮﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑـﺪﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴـﺪﻩ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧـﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻧﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻬﺮﻣﺎﻩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻡ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻧﺶ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻮﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ«‪ ١ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ؟‪ ..‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬـﻴﭻ ﻛﻮﺷـﺶ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺨﻴﺰﺩ ‪ » :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ«‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻩ ﺳـﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻼﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟! ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨـﮓ ﺑـﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﻬـﺎﻱ ﺍﺣـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺍﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻟﺸﻜﺮﻛﺸﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﮔﺸﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ» ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻄﻒ« ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ » ﻟﻄﻔﻲ« ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑﺲ ﻛﻨﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﻌﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ «...‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳـﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﺳﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺂﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺂﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺰﻣـﺎﻥ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭﻭ ﺳﻴـﺼﺪﻭﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺳـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ » ﺍﻧﺎ ﻫﺪﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻛﺮﹰﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﻮﺭﺍ«‬ ‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ‪ « ..‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﭼـﺸﻤﻪ ﮔـﻞ ﺁﻟـﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺳـﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷـﻴﺨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺘـﺸﺮﻉ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻴﺞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧـﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻـﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑـﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳـﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ » ﻇﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﻪ« ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﻛﻨـﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻴـﺪﺍﻧﻢ‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‪..‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛـﻴﺶ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﻨـﺪ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻴـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻠـﻲ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳـﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ ‪) :‬ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺮﻭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﭼﻴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺴﺎﺩﺳﺖ ) ﻧﺴﻴﻪ( ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴـﺖ ﻓـﺮﻭﺵ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺩﻛـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺷـﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻓـﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﺵ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺼﺖ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﻝ ﭼﻴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺑﺖ » ﺭﺩ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ«‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ" ﻃﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔـﺖ ‪ " :‬ﻣـﻮﻣﻦ! ﻣـﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻮﻗـﺖ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺑـﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺩ ﻣﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻡ‪ ".‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻣﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷـﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﻢ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻣﻨـﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻮﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻜﺎﺵ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﺑـﺲ ﻣﻴﻜـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﻨﻮﺷﺖ" ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻜﺎﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺁﺭﺯﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ؟!‪ ..‬ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺎﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭﻡ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺲ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺷﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺳـﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒـﻮﻫﻲ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻨﮓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻳـﺸﺨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﺑﭙـﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬

‫‪١٠١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺂﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻧﺠﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺭﻭﺑـﺮﻭ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﻛﻨـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﺎﮔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﺪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑﻨـﺎﻡ ﻫـﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴـﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻚ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬـﺎ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻢ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻳـﺪ ﺍﺳـﻼﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺩﺭﺑﻨـﺪ ﺁﻥ » ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ«‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﭽﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﻮﭼﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻳﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﻴﭙـﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬـﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﮕﻤـﺎﻥ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺑﺨﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ » ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﮕﻮ« ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﻴﺶ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧـﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴـﺴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺘﻴـﺮﻩ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻜﻮﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻧـﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﺪﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻋﻴـﺴﻲ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻴﭽﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻛـﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺗـﺎ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺎﺯﻧـﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺘﺮ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺮﺯﺍ ﺗﻘﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺯﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﻝ ﮔﺰﺍﻓـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻛﻮﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺷﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺯﻧﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﻼﻕ‬

‫‪١٠٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻳـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻴـﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺗﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧـﻪ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻧﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺮ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘـﺎﺑﻲ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﮔـﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﻨـﻮﺯ ﺳـﺨﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺳـﺮﻛﻼ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻛﻼ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﺸﻤﻢ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﺮ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻳﻢ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺯﻧـﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻛـﺸﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺸﺪﻱ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﻧﺎﺧـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻲ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻧـﺮﻭﺩ« ﺁﻳـﺎ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻭ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﺶ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪﻱ ‪ » :‬ﺷﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍﻫﮕﺬﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻮ ِﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﻧﺠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺘـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴـﻞ ﺭﻭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺪﺭﺩ ﺁﻣـﺪ ﻭ ﺷـﺪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪«...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻮﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ » :‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫‪۱۳۱۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۳۹‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۵۷‬‬ ‫‪۱۳۸۷‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘــﮕﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ » ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ« ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ـ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟‬ ‫ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ـ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ؟ ـ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ـ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﺒﻜﺎﺭ ـ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺪﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ـ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺗﻤﺪﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ـ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻓﺶ ﺧﺪﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬ ‫ـ‪٧‬ـ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻫـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ ﻣـﺎ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ) ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (١‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ـ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ـ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻣﻴﺒـﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪١٠٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺟﺰ ﺑﻜﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﻨﺪﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺟﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (٢‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ) ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ(‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﭼـﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻡ ﻫﻤﻴﻨـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﭽـﺔ ﻫﻮﺳـﻬﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﺍﺻﻼﺡ« ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺰﻳـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﭘـﻲ ﺑﺮﻳــﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﻭﺳـﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘــﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺮﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺲ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫» ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ » ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭﻱ« ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ( ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ » ﺍﺻﻼﺡ« ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ » ﺍﺻـﻼﺡ« ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺷـﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳـﻚ » ﻧﻴـﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﻳـﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ« ﻧﻤﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺤـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻦ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻡ؟!‪ ..‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﺑﺘـﻮﺍﻧﻢ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻢ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻴﺶ ﻭﻫﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﺂﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺣـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‬ ‫» ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣـﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫‪ (٣‬ﻳﻜﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺮﺍ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ ﺩﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺑـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﻭ ‪‬ﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﭽـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺸﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻳﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻤﻴـﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺗـﺎﻩ ﺳـﺨﻦ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺂﻥ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻜﻴﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻳـﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﭙﻴﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﻓﺘـﺎﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻮﻳﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺰﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪﻩ ﺑـﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺑـﺂﻳﻴﻦ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ـ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺂﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﻳـﺎﻓﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﭽﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﭙﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﺎﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑـﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟـﺰ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﭘـﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ« ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳـﻚ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺁﺳـﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴـﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ‬

‫‪١٠٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻡ« ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﻓﻪ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ‪ » :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﭼـﻪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭙﻴﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟـﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﻤـﺎﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﮕﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ » ﺩﻳﻦ« ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻔﻬﻤﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ » ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ« ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳـﻼﻡ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧـﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺂﻥ ﺩﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﻧـﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺰﻳﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺭﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ ـ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ـ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭼـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺰﺩﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻴﻢ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤـﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻓـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻴﻜـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ » ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩ« )ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﺶ( ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬

‫‪١٠٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧـﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻓﺮﺻـﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺭﻭﻍ ﺩﻋﻮﻱ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﺮ ِﻫﺶ ‪ ١‬ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻍ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬـﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ » ﺳﻮﺳﻴﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ« ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﺳـﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺪﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻜـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳـﺘﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻣﻴﺒـﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ » ﺑﺨﺮﺍﻓـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ« ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ﺟﻠـﻮ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻧﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﮕـﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗـﺮﻥ ﻧـﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ؟ " ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﭙﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﻧﻮﺷـﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘـﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺑﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﺒـﺪﺍﺀ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ" ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬـﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﺵ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺛﺒـﺎﺕ ﺻـﺎﻧﻊ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻜﻤﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻔـﺖ ﺗﻤـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ" ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺖ ‪" :‬ﺑﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻢ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺣﻤـﺎﻝ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﻧﻴـﺴﺘﻢ" ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺝ ـ ﺽ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻔـﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧـﺴﺖ ﺑﮕﻮﻳـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎ ﺯﻭﺭ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻓﻼﻣـﺎﺭﻳﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ" ﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﭙﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ‪ " :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﭘﺮﻓﺴﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪"...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺭﻭﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺴﺖ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻓﺮﻫﺶ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ( = ﻭﺣﻲ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١٠٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﺵ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ‪ .‬ﺑـﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﻭ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻜﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘـﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﻴـﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﻨﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺸﺮﻉ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩﺷﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﺎﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﻜﺎﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻨﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﺶ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﮕﺎ ِﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﻮﻳﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺰﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑـﺂﻳﻴﻦ ﺧـﺮﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺂﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳـﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺂﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨـﻲ ﻳﻜﺎﻳـﻚ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳـﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺗﻦ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ـ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺁﻧﻬﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪‬ﺑﻬ‪‬ـ ِﺮ ﭼـﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﻤـﻪ ﺳـﺴﺘﻲ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩ؟‪..‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺠﺎ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻫـﺰﺍﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ :‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺐ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣـﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑـﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﭽﻪ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪،‬‬

‫‪١٠٩‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻤﻴﺮﺩ ـ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫـﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧـﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺠﺎ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﺩﻳـﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﭽـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻜﻢ ﻣـﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﻧـﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﻤﻴﺮﺩ ﻋﺰﺭﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻀﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﺳـﺎﻝ ﺯﻧـﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﻭ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒـﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻓـﺮﻭﺩ ﻣﻴﺂﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴـﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻣﻴـﺂﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ» ﺳﻮﺳﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﭼـﺸﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ «‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ـ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ـ ﻳـﻚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘـﻲ ﻣﻴﺒـﻮﺩ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻻﭘﻼﺱ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻣـﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨـﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻳـﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨـﺮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﮔﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻜﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺁﮔـﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟـﺰ ﻳـﻚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻟﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﻳـﺸﺨﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟! ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫» ﺗﻜﻔﻴﺮ« ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﻛﻲ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫» ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺭﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ« ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪١١٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫» ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ« ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﺩﻣﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺭﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﮔﺸﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺸﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﻨﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺒﻜﻤﻐﺰﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻓـﻼﻥ ﭘﺮﻓـﺴﻮﺭ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ«‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻔﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﭼﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺳﺒﻜﻤﻐﺰ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﮔـﺎﻥ ﻛـﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺯﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑـﺮﺥ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻜـﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻤـﺰﻩ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ«‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑـﺎﺭﺵ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﻓﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣـﻦ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ‪ :‬ﺑﻴـﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻦ ﺷﺮﻗﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺧﻮﻧﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻓﻬـﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜـﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻴﺶ ﺑﺪﻭﺯﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺶ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺳﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺑﻲ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻜﺴﻲ ﻧﻨﻤـﻮﺩﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪﻡ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻴـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ )ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ( ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﺵ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻓﺮﻧﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١١‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪﺓ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧـﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺂﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪. ١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺲ ﻧﺒـﻮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛﻤـﻲ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ » ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ« ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺲ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺧـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (١‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (٢‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (٣‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ ﺭﻭﺷـﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ )ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻳﻜﻴﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﺑﮕﺮﺩﺵ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺍﻙ ﮔﺮﺍﻳﻴﺪﻥ ـ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﺩ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﻻﺭﻳـﺎ ﻭ ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﻭﻣﺎﺗﻴـﺴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻤـﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﻧـﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺰﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ‪ .‬ﺭﺳـﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫)ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ( ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﻜﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻫـﺮ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺖ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١١٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺖ ﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻧـﮓ ﻧـﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻃﺎﻗﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﮊﺩﻫﺎ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ » ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ« ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴـﺸﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺎﺭﺓ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻧﭽﻴﺰﻳـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﻧﻮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻣﻴﮕـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻏﺎﺭ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﭼـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ـ ﻫﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷـﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘـﺎﺭ ﮔـﺸﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ١‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻓـﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺑﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻼ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻄﻠﻤﻴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻓﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫)ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ( ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻬﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑﭙﻨـﺪﺍﺭ ﺑـﺎﻓﻲ ﺑـﺲ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻓﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﭘـﺮﺕ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳـﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ » ﺭﺟﻌﺖ« ﻭ » ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻋﻴـﺴﻲ« ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺑﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻮﻣﻌﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺂﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ«‬ ‫‪١١٣‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﮕﻔﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺑﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺪﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺧـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﭙﺎﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﮕـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﺑﺮﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻗـﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗـﻀﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻦ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻳﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺷﺪﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ » ﻣﺮﺍﻣﺶ« ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳـﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ؟!‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭼﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟‪"..‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺑﭙﺮﺳـﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺳﺖ ؟‪ ..‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻐﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ؟‪ "..‬ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻐﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﹸﺗﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﺴﺖ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺳـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛـﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺧـﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻧﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻔﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺯﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺯﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻣﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ » ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ« ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻔﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺯﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭼﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟‪ «..‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﮔـﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻡ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻢ؟‪ "..‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪" :‬ﺳـﭙﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ"‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ« ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﻝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺴﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﺪﺳـﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ )ﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻴﺸﺎﻥ( ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻧﻤﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘﺮﺳـﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﭼﻜـﺎﺭ ﻛﻨـﻴﻢ؟!‪ ..‬ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ِﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﻓﺮﻭﺷﻴﺴﺖ‪ ١ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺴﺘﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭ ِﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑـﺮ ﺳـﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺑـﺪﺑﺨﺖ ﺭﻳﺨﺘـﻪ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻛﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴـﺪﻥ ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ]ﭼﻴﺰ[ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻲ ﻫـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳـﺴﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭙـﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻛـﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔـﺎﻡ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﮕﻤـﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺎﻣﻬـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮﻛـﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓ ِ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫» ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻧﻲ« ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮ ﻧـﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻴـﺰﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺠﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻼﺗﻜﻠﻴـﻒ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳـﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ"‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺧﻮﺩﻓﺮﻭﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻛﺎﻻﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﮊﺓ » ﺗﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻲ« ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١١٥‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔـﻲ ﺑـﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺭﻓـﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑـﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺼﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻜـﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﻮﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻ ‪ ١‬ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷـﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﺮﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ؟‪ ..‬ﺁﺧـﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭙﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ؟‪ ..‬ﭘـﺲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﮕـﻲ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻳﻜﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔـﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠـﺎ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﺷـﺪﻩ؟‪ .‬ﻧـﻪ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺳـﻬﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‪ .‬ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻳﻜـﺘﻦ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ؟‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑـﺴﺮﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺯﻧﺶ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﻛـﺴﺎﻥ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛـﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﺑـﺪﺭﻭﻍ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﹶﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ؟‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺱ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻡ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳـﺘﻤﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻨﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺴﺘﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﻴﻢ ﺑﻴـﻚ ﮔﻔﺘـﺔ ﺑـﻲ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭙـﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺨﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﺯﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ« ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺯﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ؟‪..‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﻨـﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺪﺭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺑﺎﻻ = ﻗﺪ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١١٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻧﺨـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗـﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻧﺸـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻜﺴﺎﻧﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻟﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎﻙ ﻧﻜﻨـﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﺗﺶ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻳـﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺨـﺶ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻫﻨﺮﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﭼﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ـ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻼﻥ ﻣﻔـﺴﺮ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ‪ » ،‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺜﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﻻﻡ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻛﻨﺪ« ﺩﺭ » ﻣﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻴﺐ« ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫» ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ« ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺳـﺮﺍﭘﺎ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺪﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤـﺪ ﻓـﺎﺗﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﭖ ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﭖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻳﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻛـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻮﺩﻛﺲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﻚ ﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻧﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳـﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﭘﻴـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﭙﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﻙ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺷـﻬﺮ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﮓ » ﻳﺎ ﺍﷲ « ﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﺮﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻛﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﭙﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻮﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﭼﺨﺶ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ » ﻻﻫـﻮﺕ« ﻭ » ﻧﺎﺳـﻮﺕ« ﻋﻴـﺴﻲ ﻭ ﻣـﺎﺩﺭﺵ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻨـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧـﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﻳـﺪﻧﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﭘﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻻﻥ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻬﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﭼﺨـﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺧـﺎﺵ ﻳـﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ‬

‫‪١١٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺁﻭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳـﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔـﻼﻥ ﺣـﺪﻳﺚ ﻭ ﺑﻔـﻼﻥ ﺁﻳـﻪ ﻛـﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺠﻠـﻮ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗـﺎﺑﻲ ﺑـﺴﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﺴﺎﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻳـﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣـﺎ ﻫـﻢ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ‪ «...‬ﭘﺴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺒﺎﭼـﻪ ﭼﻴﻨـﻲ ﻫـﺎ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ » ﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺋﺖ« ﻭ » ﺍﺳﺘﺼﺤﺎﺏ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴـﺸﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻴﺰﻩ ﺭﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻴـﺸﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳـﻮ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﺎﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧـﺮﻭﺯ ﻛـﻪ ﻏﻮﻏـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺻـﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻣـﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴـﺸﺪﻧﺪ ـ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﻨﮕﺎﻣﻬـﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﺪﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻻﺷـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻏﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﻓـﺮﻫﺶ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷــﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔــﺮ ﻫــﻢ ﻧﻮﺷــﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﺟــﺰ ﺳــﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭘــﻮﭼﻲ ﻧﺒــﻮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻧــﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺳــﺘﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﻳــﻚ ﻓﺮﺳــﺘﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺳﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﻤﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺭﺟـﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺷـﻜﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺻﺪﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﭼﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﭼﺨﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺧﺎﺵ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﻻﻥ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺰﺍﺩﺓ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮔـﺮﺩﻥ ﻛـﺞ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﮔﺸﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ » ﺍﺷﻔﻊ ﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﷲ« ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻜﺸﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺴﺨﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫـﺮ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻬﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﻄﻠﺒﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻳـﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪١١٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻣـﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧـﺪ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺭﺍﻫـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺳﻨﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻼﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ )ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ( ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓـﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﺧﺪﺍ« ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼـﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺧﺸﻨﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻓﺸﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﺧﺪﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ« ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻫﺪ؟! ﻛﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺝ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻧـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺝ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﻮﻧﺮ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺸﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻔﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺝ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺑـﺎ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﻣـﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕـﻮ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺪﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﻫﻤﮕﻴـﺴﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻣـﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻠﻜـﻪ ﺑـﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﺎﻥ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺳـﻴﻢ ﭼـﺮﺍ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺗﺎﻓﺖ؟!‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ = ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﺑﻴﺶ ﻫﻤﺴﻨﮓ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١١٩‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫‪١‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣـﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨـﺪ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟـﺐ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﺁﺳـﺎﻧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻔﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴـﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺸﻌﺮﺍ ﻣﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗـﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺳـﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ِﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻮﺷـﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪ » .‬ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ« ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺂﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ« ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻧﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺒﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﮔﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﮔﻴﺞ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﻲ ﮔـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺴﻨﺠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳـﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﭙﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻛـﺎﻣﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﺑـﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ؟‪ ...‬ﺳﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻫـﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﭼﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ » ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؟« ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﺠﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﻔﺖ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪١‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳـﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨـﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺂﻥ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻓﺮﺵ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺶ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯﻛﺠﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺠـﺎﻳﻲ ﻣـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺶ ﮔـﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺎﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﻳـﺸﺪ ﻭ ﭘـﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑـﺎﺩﻩ ﭼـﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻏﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻧﮕﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ِﺑﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﮕﺮﻳﻢ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻳﻢ« ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺞ ﺧﺎﻧﻘﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧـﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟـﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣـﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣـﻴﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ ﺑـﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎﻻ ﺁﺳـﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴـﺰ ﻋـﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺁﻧـﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺑـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭﺑﭙﺮﺳـﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﻨﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻳـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤـﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺂﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺒـﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺧـﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﺧﺮﺍﺑـﺎﺗﻲ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﻓﻬﻤـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻـﻮﻓﻲ ﺁﻧﭽﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺘﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻨﺠﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫‪٢‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤـﻪ ﭼﻴـﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩﺵ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺌـﻮﺭﻱ ﻻﭘـﻼﺱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻳـﻦ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺪﺓ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺨﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳ ﹶﺘ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟـﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧـﺔ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻜﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫـﻢ ﻣﻌﻨـﺎﻱ ﻧـﻮﻳﻨﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘـﺎ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﭘـﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻤﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺷـﮕﻔﺖ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﭼﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺰﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎ ﺟﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺳـﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﻬﺎﺷـﺎﻥ ﺁﺷـﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻝ ﻣﻴﺴﭙﺎﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷـﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﻲ ‪‬ﻫﻨﺎﻳﺶ ‪ ٢‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳـﺪ ﺑـﺴﺨﻨﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺸﻌﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺜﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍ ﺷﮕﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ » ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ« ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺳـﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﭘﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﺮﻧﺎﻙ‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺳﺘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻥ )ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪﻥ( = ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺱ ﺷﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺮﺳﻨﺪﻩ = ﺣﺲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺮﺳﺎ = ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺱ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﻫﻨﺎﻳﻴﺪﻥ = ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻳﺶ = ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﻬﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻭﻳﺰﺷﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ » ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ« ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺂﻣﻮﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺴﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‪ ..‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺰﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﭼـﻪ ﺭﺑـﻂ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‪ «..‬ﺑﻬ ِﺮ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺯﻳـﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨـﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﺍﻳـﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ » ﺩﺳﺮ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺑﺨـﻮﺭﺍﻙ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪ « . .‬ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ » ﺩﺳﺮ« ﺑﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﺶ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑـﺮﺩ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻌـﺪﻩ ﺍﺵ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻡ » ﺩﺳﺮ« ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﺰﺍﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻳـﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟!‪«..‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺳﺮﭼـﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤـﺔ ﺭﻓﺘـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛـﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺳﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻙ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺂﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﺰﻳﺒﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻙ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺳﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫـﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﻧﻘﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻛﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺑﭽﻠﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑـﺂﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻙ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﭘـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻨﺠـﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ‪ «...‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﺓ ﮔﻮﻧـﺎﮔﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺳـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﮕـﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺷـﻬﺮ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺂﻥ ﻛﺎﺧﻬـﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺷـﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬـﺎﻱ ﺷـﮕﻔﺖ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴـﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﺗـﺸﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬

‫‪٤‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﺑﭙـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﮓ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨـﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﭙﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺑﭙﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺨﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺳﭙﺎﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ـ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﻐﺰ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﺸﺔ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﻚ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴـﺰ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻴﺰﻧـﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ١‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺓ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻭﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨـﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻨـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻤﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﺍﺳـﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴـﺪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗـﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺑﺪﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﺎﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺩﺭﻫﻮﺍ« ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﺎﻝ ﺑﺂﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻜـﺮﺑﻼ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺿـﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻼﭘﺮﺳـﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻤﺲ ﻭ ﺯﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻜﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﻳﺸﺨﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ » ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻲ« ﻧﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕـﺮﺩ ﺳـﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻗـﺮﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗـﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺁﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺟـﺪﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﺠﻮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﺗﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﺮﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻤﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺳـﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲ ﻳﺎﺑـﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺭﺳـﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺳﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺯﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺳﺒﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮔﻨﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺨﻴﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟـﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧـﺴﺖ‬ ‫ـ ﭼﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ـ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧـﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﭺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﻧﺎﺭﺳـﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﻣـﺎ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺩﺭﺳـﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴﻨـﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ » ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ« ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨـﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺑﺮﺧـﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺯﻳـﺮﺍ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺟـﺰ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺑﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻼﻃﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﻄﻮ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺟـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺂﻥ ﻣﻴﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﻜﻨـﺪﻥ ﺭﻳـﺸﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﻮﻱ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨـﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺯﻣـﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺟـﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺳ ﹶﺘﺮﺳﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫‪٦‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫» ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ« ﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ » :‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤـﺎﻳﺶ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﻴﭽـﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﻧﻴﺂﻣـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨـﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﮕـﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧـﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻓﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺭﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺗﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻴﭙـﺬﻳﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﭙﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭﺑـﺎﺭﺓ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣـﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﭼـﻪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘـﻴﻢ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻧـﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻤﺎﻳـﻪ ﺗـﺮ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺝ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﺩﻣـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﮕـﺬﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﭽﻨـﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﺍﺭﺟـﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ‪‬ﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﺮﺳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﻲ ﮔـﻮﻳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺘﺮﺳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯﻱ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﺠـﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻨـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﻴﺠﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜـﻪ ﻫـﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﺳـﺖ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺟﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﺖ ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﻢ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮ ﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺰﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ« ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻥ = ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٧‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻜـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﻧﺒـﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ » :‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺪﺍﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ«‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺨﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﺔ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻫﺴﺖ ـ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺯﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻏﻠﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺁﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﮋﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺭﺗﻴﻞ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻨﮓ ﻭ ﮔﺮﮒ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟـﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﮔـﺰﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭﺍ ‪ ، ٢‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﻴـﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭽﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ ﻫـﺮ ﻳﻜـﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺁﺯ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺠﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻮﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺯﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻏﻠﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮﻱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﻨﺪﻥ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺟـﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭﺍ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺧـﺪﺍ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﺍ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺟﻨـﮓ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺟﻨﮕﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺭﻳـﺸﺔ ﺑـﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺍﻓﺘـﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺳﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣـﺮﺩﻡ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳـﺎﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮ ﭼﻴـﺰﻱ ﻏﻠـﻂ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺠﺶ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳـﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ ﺗـﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮﺵ ﺍﻳـﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ« ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ؟!‪«..‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺒﺎﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻛﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻓﺮﺍﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١‬ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ٢٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ـ ﮔﺰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭﺍ ﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎﻱ » ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ« ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﮔﺰﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻚ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ« ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺸﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﻭ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻛﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻌﺮﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﻧﻬـﺎﻱ ﺷـﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨـﺪ« ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﻣـﻲ ﻛـﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨـﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻜﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻗﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻭﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺟﺰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺠـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻐﻤﺒﺮ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻴﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ـ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺑﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑـﻮﺩﻡ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﭼـﺎﭖ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ« ﻛﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﻳﮕـﺎﻩ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﮔﺬﺷـﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺭﻫـﺎ ﻛـﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧـﻪ ﭘـﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺟﺰ ﻳﻚ ﻫـﻮﺱ ﭘـﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻲ؟! ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻲ ﭘـﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧـﻪ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻲ؟!‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﻔﺘﻲ؟!‪«.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴـﺪ ﭘﺎﺳـﺦ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩ ِﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ« ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ؟!‪ ..‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ«‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻭﻏﻲ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺁﺷـﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﻧﻴـﺎ ﭼﻨـﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺰﺭﻋﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻩ« ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﺔ ﻛـﺞ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺳـﺨﻦ ﻣـﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺑﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺰﺭﻋﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻔﺘﻢ ‪«...‬‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬـﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘـﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺰﻫـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﺓ ﮔﻮﻧـﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻮﺩ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻴﻢ ؟!‪ «.‬ﻣـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺒـﻮﺩ؟!‪ «.‬ﻣﻴﮕـﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﭘﺮﺳـﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﭘﺮﺳـﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻴﻢ؟!‪ «.‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﻤﺒﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬

‫‪٩‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻮﺳﺒﺎﺯﺵ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﻭﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺸﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ؟!‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻜﻮﺷـﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗـﻮﻱ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻣـﻲ ﺁﺷـﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨـﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣـﺎ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ؟!‪ «.‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠـﺎﻩ ﺳـﺎﻟﮕﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺼﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﮕﻲ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫـﺮ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﺳـﺨﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕــﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠــﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴــﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﻜــﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺨــﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴــﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧــﺎﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨــﺮﻱ ﻣﻴــﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫــﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟!‪ ..‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﺯﻳـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻫﻤﮕـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻤﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻨﮓ ﺷﻤﺎﺳـﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳـﻴﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺒﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﻫﻤﺪﺳـﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﺳـﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﻴﭻ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺳﺮﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﻴﺂﻭﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮔﺰﻧﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﺰﻣﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴـﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴـﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﻭﻧـﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺨـﺮﺩﻱ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﻜﺸﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﻴﺂﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺪﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﻜـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻜﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕـﻮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﺪ«‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺨﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬـﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻬـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻜﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻟﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻨﺪ ﭼﻨـﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻳـﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﺷﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ » ﺗﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﺔ ﺧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺯ ﻛـﺴﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺳـﻴﺪﻱ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻜﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺂﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺑـﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧـﻮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺿﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻛﺮﺍﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻳﺶ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻀﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻴـﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬـﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ) ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ( ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳـﻦ ﺷـﻤﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﺂﺭﺯﻭﻱ ﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟـﻴﻜﻦ ﻣـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﮕﺮﻱ ـ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﻨﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﺵ ﺧﻴـﺮﻩ ﻣـﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧـﺪ ـ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺧـﺪﺍﻱ ﺑـﺰﺭﮒ ﺑـﺰﻭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﺎﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻮﺷـﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺭﺍﻫـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫـﺪ‪ .‬ﺷـﻤﺎ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﭙـﺬﻳﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﭘـﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﺩﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻳـﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﺞ ﮔـﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ( ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ » ﺭﻭﻳﻬﻤﺮﻓﺘﻪ« ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﺗـﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻮﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜـﺴﻮ ﮔﺎﻣﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨـﻲ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ » ﺗﻤﺪﻥ« ﻳﺎ » ﺳﻴﻮﻳﻠﺰﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ« ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ » ﺷﻬﺮﻳﮕﺮﻱ « ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻏﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﭼﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺎﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺩﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺻﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺎﭼﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠـﺰ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫـﺮ ﺑـﺎﺭﻩ ﺑـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻜﻮﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﮊﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ‬

‫‪١١‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺯﻭﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺂﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻛﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗـﺎﺭﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻛﻮﭺ ﻧﺸﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﺮﺱ ﺁﻧﻜـﻪ ﻣﺒـﺎﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳـﻚ ﺟـﺎﻳﻲ ﻧـﺸﻴﻤﻦ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧـﺪ ﺳـﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗـﺎ ﻛـﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﺷـﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ ﻳﻜـﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻧـﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳـﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻤـﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻧﺪ ﺗﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻛـﻢ ﺧﺎﻧـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﺳـﺘﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﻴـﺎﺩ ﻧﻬـﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺭﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻫـﺎ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ » ﺷـﻬﺮﻳﮕﺮﻱ« ﻧـﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﻭ ‪‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ـ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺷـﺘﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻳـﺪﻩ ﻧـﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ‪‬ﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻧـﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺻﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧـﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺸﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳـﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻜـﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻠﮕـﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻫـﻦ ﻭ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨـﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﻲ ﺁﺳـﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺳـﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﺓ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺍﻳـﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ » ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ« ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ۱۱‬ﻭ ‪ ۱۲‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤـﺪﻥ ﺩﺷـﻤﻨﻲ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻜﻮﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘـﺎﻳﺶ ﺑـﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻫـﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ـ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺯﻣـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ) ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺂﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬـﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻢ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﻲ )ﻋﻤﻠﻲ( ﻧﻴﺴﺖ« ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺨﻨﻴﺴﺖ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎ ﺷـﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻠـﻲ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻳـﺪ؟!‪ . .‬ﻳﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﺳـﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؟! ﺑﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟!‪..‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﺘﺎﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺠﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺠﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﭙﺎﻱ ﺑـﻲ ﺍﺭﺟـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳـﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﺍﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺷﺘﺔ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣـﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻧﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺁﻓﺮﺵ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻣـﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﺰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﻴﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﮒ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﺩﻣﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭘـﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑـﺎﺯ ﺟﻬـﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷـﺪ؟‪ ..‬ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺟـﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻳـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛـﺴﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳـﻴﻦ ﺯﻧـﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﻮﻱ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺭﺑﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺮﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬

‫‪١٣‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻭﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻫﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﻎ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺪﺳـﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺞ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﭙﻨﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧـﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﻴﻜﺮﺷـﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻬـﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﭼـﻮﻥ ﺟـﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺗـﻦ ﻭ ﺟـﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺮﺳﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑـﺎ ﻫـﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻟﺒـﺪ ﺁﺩﻣﻴـﺴﺖ ﻫﻤﻴـﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﭙﺴﻨﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺪ ﺑﻴﺨﺮﺩﺍﻧـﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺭﻭﻍ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻻﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﻳـﺔ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﮔـﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺶ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺃﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻤﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺳﺘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬـﻮﺱ ﺟـﻮﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪ ﭘﺸﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﺷـﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻥ ﻧﻴـﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﻮﺩﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺮﻣﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ » ﺩﻳﻦ« ﻣـﻲ ﻧـﺎﻣﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬـﺎ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﺮﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬـﺎ ﺟـﺎﻱ ﮔﻴـﺮﺩ ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺁﺧﺸﻴﺞ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫» ﻫﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻜﭽﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ«‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻛﻬـﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺗـﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻛـﺸﺎﻛﺶ ﻣـﻲ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳـﭙﺲ ﻛـﻢ ﻛـﻢ ﺭﺍﻡ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻛﻬـﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳـﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺑﺪﺁﻣﻮﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺟـﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺴﺘﻲ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺰﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ » ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ« ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺳـﺖ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﻢ«‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﺳـﺪ ﻫـﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﭼـﻪ ﺯﺭ«‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺠـﺎ ﻫـﻢ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﮔﻔـﺖ ‪ :‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺞ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺪﺭﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻬـﻢ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻫـﺎ ﭼـﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﻥ ﺑﺲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻫـﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺰﻧـﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﺠﻬﺎ ﻫﺪﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺖ« ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫» ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ« ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ« ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ » :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻳﺪ« ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﮕﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺰﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛـﻪ ﻫـﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻨـﺴﺎﻥ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺸﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺷـﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻬﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺑـﺎﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻙ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺧﺮﺳـﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺨـﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﻤﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻴﺸﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺻﻮﻓﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﺎﺗﻴﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺂﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻜﻮﺷـﻴﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳـﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﻴﻨـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻳـﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺔ ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻮﻳـﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻤـﺎ ﺧـﺮﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﺫﺭﺑﺎﻳﺠﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪١٥‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻱ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳﺘﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻳـﺴﺖ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺴﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺻﺪ » ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ« ﻣـﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳـﻢ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺯﺑـﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻫـﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬـﺎ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺂﻣﻮﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﺳـﺘﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﻮﺷﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻛﻮﺷـﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻚ ﻓﻬﻤـﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻴـﺰﻩ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻮﺷـﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻴﺒـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬